eBOOK

Frances Eales
Steve Oakes

Elementary
Students’ Book
with A ctiveBook

PEA RSO N f* *\
★ A1-A2 ★)
\*
E N G L IS H P H O N E M E S
CO N SO N A N TS
y "v .

p [b ' | t d
p en buk/ /ti:/ /d ei/
1 book tea day
v yv
pen

^ A ... y
S ..........."N
tj d3 k g
tjea 'd33:man /kaet/ /gud/
y V good
chair German cat
--- N_____________"\ vy .... ....
■■\ S' NS .... ■
f V e 6
fob /Veri/ /Siqk/ /daet/
four v
very y V
think that
\ f "\ C
s z
[j 3
siks' /zu :/ / J i: / /'tehvi 3 an/
s ix
------------- y V
zoo
V Vshe V
television
y A y N
c \
m n D h

m aen/ / n a is / /0 iq / /'haepi/
man V
n ic e
y Vt h i n g Vv_...h a p p y J
a s’ ...... . y NS~." ..... ..... N

1 r W j
/luk/ /red/ /w o n t/ /jes/
lo o k re d
V
w ant
V
yes J

V O W E LS
1: I O u:
/si:/ /hiz/ /luk/ /ju:/
see his look you
S Ns N

e a 31 d:
/ten / /abaut/ fh y J /m oinii]/
ten about V
her J
morning
S — ..
ae A a: D
/b a e d / /bAt/ /ka:/ /hDt/
bad but V
car J v
hot J

D IP H T H O N G S
\ y *\
19 ei

/hia/ /neim/

hear name
yV y
“S y Ny \
09 91 90
/'tuarist/ /bai/ /nau/
tourist boy no y
yv
y---------------
y
ay
ea ai ao

/wea/ /mai/ /hau/

where
yV
my
y
how y
 Frances Eales
Steve Oakes

speakoElementary
Students’ Book
 CONTENTS

LESS O N G R A M M A R /F U N C T IO N V O C A BU LA R Y P R O N U N C IA T IO N R E A D IN G
UN IT 1 W ELCO M E page 7 0 Video podcast | W h a t’s your name?
l.l Nice to meet you present simple: be greetings; stressed syllables read a general knowledge
page 8 countries and nationalities quiz about world facts

1.2 Travel light this/that, these/those', objects stressed syllables read an article about
page 10 possessives / d is / , /daet/, / d i:z / a n d travelling light
/d ao z/
1.3 Can 1have a coffee? making requests tourist places sentence stress and polite read tourist leaflets
page 12 intonation

1.4 Fawlty Towers hotel services;

page 14 phrases for booking in at a hotel

U N IT 2 L I F E S T Y L E page 17 0 Video podcast | W h at's your daily routine?

2.1 Join us! present simple: 1/you/we/they activities strong and w eak form s of read an article about social
page 18 do you online groups
High flyers present simple: he/she/it daily routines; jobs Present simple verb endings:
page 20 / s / , / z / and / i z /
What time does it asking fo r information the time polite intonation
start?
page 22
Chalet Girl household routines; phrases to read a w eb posting about
page 24 describe life at home pen pals

U N IT 3 P E O P L E page 27 0 Video podcast | W h a t do you like doing with friends/family?

3.1 Just good friends
page 28
Big happy families
page 30_________________
Are you free tonight?
frequency adverbs: sometimes, usually, personality stressed syllables read a quiz about what
always, often, hardly ever and never, type of friend you are
modifiers quite, not very, really and very
have/has got family photo contracted form s of read an article about
have/has got unusual families
making arrangements time expressions positive and negative

I
page 32_____________________
A Celebration In Crete special occasion activities;
intonation
read an invitation
page 34 phrases to describe special
occasions

4.1 Small space, big style there Is /are room s/furniture; / d e o z a / and / d e a ra /
page 38 prepositions (1)
An English village can fo r possibility places in towns; strong and w eak form s o f can read an article about a
page 40 prepositions (2) and can’t special kind of village
Can 1 help you? shopping things to buy; shops polite intonation
page 42

Favourite Places phrases to describe places read a web posting about

page 44 a favourite place

U N IT 5 F O O D page 47 0 Video podcast | W h at s your favourite dish?

5.1 MyFridge.com countable and uncountable nouns; food/drink
page 48 nouns with a/an, some, any
4 / l COWS how much/many, containers read an article about how
page 50 quantifiers much an average person
gets through in a lifetime
Are you ready to ordering in a restaurant restaurant w ords fast speech: linking
order?
page 52
A Chef In Goa ingredients; read a recipe
page 54 phrases fo r writing a recipe

U N I T 6 T H E PA ST page 57 □ Video podcast | Did you go out last night?

6.1 Favourite things was/were dates and time phrases strong and w eak form s of
page 58 was and were
Time twins past simple common verbs (1) past simple regular verbs with read an article about 'time
page 60 / t / , / d / and / id / tw ins’
How was your making conversation weekend activities learn to show interest
weekend?
page 62
Carlos Acosta phrases fo r interviewing read an essay about a
page 64 special person

IRREGULAR VERBS page 127 LANGUAGE BANK page 128 PHOTO BANK page 152

LISTENIN G/DVD
listen to short conversations showing different ways to
introduce people
listen to conversations in various tourist places;
learn to listen fo r key words;
listen to prices and numbers
■ ■ ■ Fawlty Towers: watch an extract from a sitcom about
a hotel
listen to a conversation between tw o friends choosing the
right online group fo r them
listen to people describing their jobs;
listen and identify a variety o f jobs
learn to get a speaker to slow down and grade their
language
■ ■ ■ Holiday: Fasten Your Seatbelt: watch an extract from
■ ■ ■ a reality programme about a difficult job
listen to people describing their friends
learn to show interest when you listen
■■■■ Francesco’s Mediterranean Voyage: watch an extract
■ ■ ■ from a documentary about a special occasion
listen to a conversation between tw o people talking about
a special flat
learn to say no politely in a shop;
listen to various shopping conversations
■ ■ ■ 50 Places To See Before You Die: watch an extract
■ i W from a documentary about some amazing places
listen to people talk about food
understand fast speech;
listen to a man ordering in a fast food restaurant
■ ■ ■ Rick Stein’s Seafood Odyssey: watch an extract from
■■■■ a cookery programme about a famous chef
listen to peple describing famous people’s favourite things
learn to keep a conversation going;
listen to someone describing their weekend
The Culture Show: watch an extract from a
Idocumentary about a famous dancer
COMMUNICATION BANK page 160
CONTENTS
SPEAKING W RITIN G
introduce people; do a quiz improve your use o f capital letters
identify objects
give information fo r numbers, prices, etc;
make simple requests
arrival and check in at a hotel complete a hotel registration form ;
w rite an email to book a hotel room
talk about activities; talk about a group/team
talk about routines; learn how to use linkers: and, but and or
describe other people’s routines
learn to show you don't understand;
ask questions at a tourist information centre
talk about life at home: likes and dislikes w rite an internet posting to a penpal describing
yourself
describe personality;
do a quiz and find out w hat kind o f friend you are
talk about your family improve your use o f apostrophe's;
w rite about you r family
make arrangements to m eet friends
talk about a special occasion w rite an invitation
describe your home improve you r use o f commas;
w rite an email about your home
talk about things you can do in towns;
describe a favourite place in your to w n /city
have a conversation in a shop
describe you r favourite place o f all w rite a blog about your favourite place
talk about your eating and drinking habits learn to use paragraphs and w rite a short
report
talk about diets and lifestyle
order a meal in a restaurant
describe a special dish w rite a recipe
talk about people’s favourite things;
describe your favourite childhood things
talk about your life/past events link sentences with because and so and w rite
your life story
describe a perfect/terrible weekend
interview a special person w rite a profile essay about a special person
AUDIO SCRIPTS page 167

LISTENIN G/DVD
listen to people discuss how they like to travel
— w rite about a holiday
understand directions;
learn to check and correct directions
Holiday 10 Best: w atch an extract from a travel show
about Buenos Aires
listen to a radio programme about ideas of beauty
— describe people’s appearance
learn to link w ords to speak faster
Inside Out: watch an extract from a documentary
about an English music festival
listen to a guide giving a to u r around a transport museum
listen to a man talk about his problems getting to w o rk
___
Airport: watch an extract from a documentary about
a day at Heathrow airport
listen to a radio interview with lottery winners
learn to respond to suggestions;
---- listen to people discussing which activities they w ant to do
Wild Weather: watch an extract from a
|ana
docum entary about the w ettest place in Europe
listen to a radio programme about colds and flu
—
listen to different scenarios o f people needing help and
thanking someone
The Two Ronnies: watch an extract from a sitcom
about an unusual shopping experience
listen to people talking about their experiences
listen to different scenarios on the phone
— 1
Shark Therapy: watch an extract from a documentary
about sharks
COMMUNICATION BANK page 160
CONTENTS
SPEAKING W RITIN G
talk about how you like to travel;
compare places and holidays
plan and talk about a long journey learn to check and correct information;
give directions in the street
describe a to w n /city you know w rite a short article about a tow n /city
talk about taking photos; w rite a blog entry about what you are doing
talk about w hat people are doing
discuss what you know about various film stars;
ask and answ er a questionnaire about films;
ask fo r and give recommendations
describe an event w rite a review o f an event
talk about types of transport
talk about ways to travel around tow ns/cities
apologise fo r being late; learn to use linkers and w rite a story
tell a long story
deal with problems when flying w rite an email about an experience at an
airport/on a plane
talk about your future plans/wishes
make predictions about situations improve your use of linkers: too, also and os well
and w rite a short story
make some suggestions and invite your friends to
join you
talk about w eather and how it makes you feel w rite a message board notice about your
country
talk about what to do when you don't feel well and
give advice; discuss cures fo r the common cold
do a quiz about your fitness; learn to use adverbs in stories and how to
talk about healthy weekends make stories more interesting
give advice and offer help; thank someone
ask fo r help in a pharmacy w rite some advice fo r a health message board
talk about unusual experiences learn to use postcard phrases and w rite a
postcard
describe movement from one place to another;
talk about past experiences
describe difficult situations/problems;
say telephone numbers;
phone someone about a problem
describe an exciting/frightening experience w rite a story about an exciting/frightening
experience
AUDIO SCRIPTS page 167
» LEAD-IN

OBJECTS AND COLOURS QUESTION W ORDS

1 A Look at the words in the box. Which objects are in 3A Underline the correct question word.
your classroom? 1 How/W hat’s your name?
2 Who/Where are you from?
chair bag notebook table whiteboard pen book
3 How/When are you today?
CD player pencil noticeboard projector picture
4 WhatANho’s your favourite actor?
5 WhenA/Vhere’s your birthday?
B Work in pairs and take turns. Student A: point to
objects in the classroom. Ask your partner. Student B: 6 What/Why are you here?
name the objects. 7 Which/What spelling is correct: c-h-i-a-r or c-h-a-i-r?
A: What is it?
B Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions above.
8: It’s a book.
CLASSROOM LANGUAGE
C Write the colours.
4A Complete the questions with a word from the box.

mean repeat don’t that could page

4 7 1 A: What does ‘capital’ mean ?

B: It means capital city, for example, London or Tokyo.
2 A: ‘W ork in pairs’? I ____________understand.
B: It means ‘Worktogether’. So, you two ...
5 8
3 A: Could you___________ that?
B: Yes. Page ninety-five.
4 A: Could you spell___________ ?
B: Yes, m-e-e-t.
6 ___________ 9
5 A :___________ you write it?
D Work in pairs. Ask and answer What’s your favourite B: Yes, of course.
colour? 6 A: W hich____________is it?
B: Thirty-five.
THE ALPHABET
2 a ® l .1 Listen and write the letters in the correct B ® L .2 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat.
column. Each column has the same vowel sound.
AB-C-D E f G H t J K L M N O P ^ R S T U V W
NUMBERS
X Y Z 5A Write the numbers.

7 one twelve fifteen

A 8 F 1 0 Q R
C three eight _______ thirteen

nine two _______ fifty

four seven _______ thirty

ten eleven a hundred

six five _______ twenty

B Listen and repeat. B ® L .3 Listen and write the numbers.

C Work in pairs and take turns. Student A: spell an C Work in pairs. Student A: say five numbers. Student B:
object or colour. Student B: say it. write the numbers.
A: b-l-u-e
8: Blue!

6
 UNIT I
SPEAKING
1 Introduce yo u rself and
others
1 Make requests
1 C h e c k into a hotel

LISTENING
1 U nderstand people in
to u rist situations
1 Listen fo r key inform ation

1 Listen to prices and

num bers
UNIT 1 W a tc h an e xtract from a
sitcom about a hotel

READING
1 Read about travelling light

W RITING
1 Im prove y o u r use o f
capital letters
1 C o m p le te a registration
form at a hotel
1 W rite an email to b o o k a
hotel room

BBC CO N TEN T
@ V id e o podcast: W h a t ’s
y o u r name?
© D V D : Faw lty T o w e rs

we come
0 am t C W F E E
1.1 NICE TO MEET YOU
► G R A M M A R | present simple: be I ► V O C A B U L A R Y |greetings; countries and nationalities ► H O W T O | introduce people

VOCABULARY g re e tin g s

1A Match photos A - E to the places in

the box below.

TV studio A airport
street office classroom
GRAMMAR p r e s e n t s im p le : b e

B ® 1 .1 Listen and match conversations 2 Look at the conversations in Exercise IB and complete the tables.
1 -5 with the photos.
1 Hello. Are you Mr and Mrs Burns? Positive and negative statements

Yes, we are. 1 'm Elena Garcia.

Hello. I’m Elena Garcia from YouTourist. My name Jackson.
Hello.____________ to m eet______________. 1 not a student.
And you.

2 Hi, Lily._____________a re _____________ ? Questions and short answers

Great, thanks. A n d _____________? you Mr and Mrs Burns? Yes. we
Not so bad.
your name Simpson? No. it
3 Juan, this is Ana.
lit page 128 L A N G U A G E B A N K
_____________, Juan.
I
H i._____________t o ______________ you. I sp eak o u t
Are you in the same class?
It’s a good idea to write a personal example with all new grammar. In your
No, I’m not a student. W e ’re friends. notebook, write two sentences beginning: I’m . . . . Aly name . . . .
4 G o o d ____________ and welcome to the
BBC News at One.
PRACTICE
5 ___________________________ . Can I help you?
3A Complete the conversation. Then practise it in groups.
Yes, I’m here to see Mr. Miller.
A: Hi, Muhammed. This 1 is Cristina. She 2 a student in
Is your name Simpson? my class.
No, it isn’t. My name’s Jackson. B: Hi, Cristina. Nice 3 m eet4________ .
Oh, sorry. Please take a seat, Mr Jackson. C : Hi. 5 you a student?
B: Yes, I 6________ .
C Listen again and complete the
conversations.

□
B W ork in groups. Take turns to introduce each other.
VOCABULARY c o u n t r ie s an d n a tio n a litie s W RITIN G cap ita l le t t e r s

4A W hich nationalities do you know? Complete 6A Tick the correct information below to complete
the table. the rule.

Country Nationality Rule:

Spain, Britain Spanish Use capital letters for the first letter of:

Italy, Brazil countries / all nouns famous places jobs cities

names of people nationalities food languages
China, Japan the first word in a sentence
France, the USA
B Correct the sentences.
B Circle your country and nationality above or add them 1 the eiffel tower is in france.
to the table.
2 ‘ b u e n o s d fa s !’ is S p a n ish for ‘ h e llo ’ .
C ® 1.2 Listen to the countries and nationalities. 3 sake is Japanese.
Underline the stressed syllable. 4 spaghetti is food from italy.
Spain. Spanish

D W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say a SPEAKING

country. Student B: say the nationality. Remember to
stress the correct syllable. 7A W rite the names of four countries. For each one, add
one or two piece(s) of information. E.g. a famous place, a
A: Italy
word or a phrase or a type of food or drink.
B: Italian
India - Taj Mahal, curry
lint page 152 P H O TO B A N K
B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : read out your
information. Student B: guess the country.
PRACTICE
A: The Taj Mahal, a curry.
5A (►) 1.3 W ork in pairs and do the quiz below.
B: Is it India?
B Check your answers on page 161. A: Yes, it is.

Hear it, see it, taste it!

1 Listen and m atch the countries with the music (A-D) you hear.
1 Russia 2 Ireland 3 Greece 4 Brazil
2 Look at the maps and match the countries with the shapes.
□

1 France 2 Egypt 3 the USA 4 Australia

3 Look at the pictures and m atch the countries w ith the food.

1 Italy 2 Japan 3 India 4 Spain

1.2 TRAVEL LIGHT
| ► G R A M M A R | this/that, these/those; possessives I V O C A B U L A R Y | objects ► H O W T O | identify objects

VOCABULARY o b je c t s
READING
1A Look at the picture below. Match the words in the
2A W ork in pairs and discuss. W hat five things are
box with objects A - O . Which object isn’t there?
always in your bag/pocket?

camera A mobile phone laptop purse keys B Read the article and discuss.
diary passport MP3 player magazine 1 W hy is Travelite a good bag?
hairbrush watch newspaper toothbrush 2 Are your things from Exercise 2A in the bag?
sweater sunglasses ticket

B (£>1.4 Listen and underline the stressed syllable in the

words.
camera
Intelligent travellers take only one small bag to the
C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : point to an airport. At just 45 cm x 35 cm x 16 cm, the Travelite
object in the picture. Student B: name the object. laptop bag is perfect. I love mine!
A: W hat’s this? ’What’s in my Travelite? My laptop, of course - but
also a diary, a newspaper, a magazine, a mobile
B: It’s a camera.
phone, a sweater, sunglasses, my purse, keys and a
D W hat do you remember? Close your book and make a hairbrush. My MP3 player is OK in a side pocket. My
list of the objects in the picture. passport and ticket go in another pocket. And there’s
no problem zipping it up!'
^ sp eak o u t
Always write new vocabulary in your notebook. WITH TRAVELIT
Underline the stressed syllable of the words to help you
with the pronunciation.
 GRAMMAR
________________________ this/that, th ese/th o se GRAMMAR p o s s e s s iv e s

3A W ork in pairs. Look at the picture above. W here are the people? 5 Underline the correct alternatives.
W hat objects are in the picture? Kate: It’s a book about Rome, but it isn’t
my/mine. Is it you/yoursi
B ® 1 .5 Listen and check. Is Rob’s bag A , B or C ?
Rob: Oh, no. That’s Marco/Marco’s.
C Listen again and underline the correct answer.
nut page 128 LA N G U A G E B A N K
1 The D VD s are Rob’s/Kate’s/Marco’s.
2 The book is Rob’s/Kate’s/Marco’s. PRACTICE
3 The sunglasses are Rob’s/Kate’s/Marco’s.
6 Complete the conversation. Use the
D ® 1.6 Listen and write this, that, these or those in the extract below. words in brackets to help.
Kate: W ait a minute. Is 1_____________ my bag? A: Is that 1 my book? (I)
Rob: N o ,2. s mine. . is your bag. B: No, it isn’t. It’s 2__________ . (Ana)
Kate: Wait, look. W hat are 4_____________? A: W here’s 3__________ ? (I)
Rob: 5_____________? They’re DVDs. But they aren’t mine. B: Is this 4__________ ? (you)
A: Yes, thanks. Is this 5________ . bag? (you)
E W rite this, that, these or those under the pictures below.
B: No, it isn’t 6__________ . (I)
A: Maybe it’s 7 . (Ali)

SPEAKING
7A W ork in groups. Put two objects from
your bag/pocket on a table. Identify the
objects.
I
Silvia’s bag, Cheng’s keys, my watch ...
F ® 1 .7 Listen to the pronunciation. Then listen and repeat.
B W ork with a partner from another
1 This /dis/ key. 3 That /daet/ key.
group. Look at their objects. A sk and
2 These /diiz/ keys. 4 Those Id o u zl keys, answer questions.

lint page 128 L A N G U A G E B A N K A: Is that your pen?

B: No, it isn’t It’s Bruno’s.
PRACTICE A: Are these Jack’s glasses?
B: No, they aren’t. They’re Veronika’s.
4 W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : point to an object in the
classroom and ask your partner what it is. Student B: name the object. nut page 152 PH O TO B A N K
A: W hat’s this in English?
B: It’s a dictionary.
A: What are those in English?
B: They’re windows.
1.3 CAN 1HAVE A COFFEE?
► F U N C T I O N | making requests V O C A B U L A R Y | tourist places ► L E A R N T O | listen for key words

VOCABULARY t o u r is t p la c e s

1A Match photos A - D to the PRANKS!

BOURNE LINESl LINE 1SAN
DRI?
LINE

places below.
1 a souvenir shop _____________
2 a sandwich bar _____________
3 a money exchange_____________
4 a train station _____________

B W rite the words from the box in the

word webs below. Add one more word to
each place.

postcard- cola euros battery

single ticket money return ticket
coffee sandwich platform
exchange rate souvenir

EIlo]

FUNCTION m a k in g r e q u e s ts

2A © 1 . 9 Listen to four conversations. W here are the people?

1 _____________________________________________________________
2 _________________________________________________________________
3 _____________________________________________________________________________

4 _____________________________________________________________________________

B Listen again. W hat does each tourist buy?

1 __________________________________________
2 _____________________________________________
3 _____________________________________________________

4 _____________________________________________________

3A © 1.10 Listen and complete the requests.

C ® 1.8 Listen and check. Then listen
and repeat.
D W ork in pairs and take turns.
Student A : say a place from Exercise 1B.
Student B: say three things you can buy/
find there.
1 Can I have a sandwich, please?
2 ____________________________ one of those batteries, please?
3 ____________________________ a single to Sydney, please?
4 ____________________________ this money, please?
B Look at the question. Listen to the polite pronunciation. Then listen
and repeat.
Can I have a sandwich, please?
mi*- page 128 LA N G U A G E B A N K

□
 6 ® 1.13 Listen to three conversation extracts and circle
CO the correct prices.
Extract I
1 an orange juice a) 2.00 b) 2.10 c) 2.20

Extract 2
2 a single ticket a) 4.20 b) 4.50 c) 4.80
liL^LL 2G 'Oi _ v:« 3 a taxi a) 13 b) 23 c) 30
JZ £i -*3
oc. .•in * ar Extract 3
4 a coffee a) 2.15 b) 2.50 c) 3.50
__
5 a sandwich a) 2.25 b) 2.75 c) 3.75
B P
6 a bottle of water a) 1.30 b) 1.40 C) 1.60
■a~ r"
7 W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : look at page
Dl 160. Student B: look at page 162.
SANDW ICH
BAR

SPEAKING
8A W ork in pairs. Complete the menu with prices.

B Take turns to role-play the conversation in a sandwich

bar. Student A : look at the menu. Choose and order your
food and drink. Student B: take your partner’s order. Say
how much it costs.
A: Could I have a coffee and a cheese sandwich?
B: A coffee and a sandwich? That’s four euros fifty.

MENU
4A ® 1 .11 Listen to the speakers. A re they polite (P) D RIN KS
or impolite (I)?
C o f f e e ............................................ € 1 .5 0
B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : you are in T e a .................................
one of the places in the photos. Make requests. Student
H o t c h o c o la t e
B: only answer if Student A is polite.
M in e ra l w a t e r
A: Could I have one o f those postcards, please?
C o la ....................
B: Yes. Here you are.

S A N D W IC H ES
LEARN TO liste n f o r k e y w o r d s C h e e s e .......................................... € 3 .0 0

5A Read the conversation. Underline the key words in E g g .................................................. ..............

each sentence. C h ic k e n ........................................
A: Can I have a sandwich and a cola, please? (2 words)
B: That’s six euros. (2 words) CA KES
A: Ah, I only have five euros. How much is the sandwich? C h o c o la t e c a k e
(4 words) C o f f e e c a k e .....
B: Four euros fifty, and the cola is one fifty. (6 words)
A: O K . Could I have the sandwich, but no cola? (3 words)
B: That’s four fifty. (2 words)

|speako ut
Key words are the important information words in a
sentence. These words are stressed and are I o n g e r,
L O U D E R and hi§her.

B ® 1 .12 Listen to the conversation and check your

answers. Then listen and repeat.
 FAWLTY TOWERS

DVD PREVIEW ► DVD VIEW

1 Look at the photo and read the programme information. 3A Watch the DVD. A re the
W ho are the people in the photo? sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 Manuel speaks English.
2 The moose speaks English.
B B S FawltyTowers 3 The Major is surprised.

F
aw lty Tow ers is a 4 Basil Fawlty is angry.
hotel in a B B C T V
" frl B Watch again and underline the

n\
comedy. The m anager’s
nam e is B a sil Faw lty word you hear in the sentences.

and he’s m arried to 1 How/Who are you, sir?

S y b il. Po lly and M an u el 2 I speak English good/well.

w ork at the hotel. Polly 3 I learn it from a book/cook.
is B ritis h and M a n u el 4 Hello, Major. How are you OKAoday?
is Sp an ish . M an u el 5 I’m tired/fine, thank you.
speaks a little E n g lish 6 That’s a remarkable animal/antique
but he som etim es has you have there, Fawlty.
problem s w ith his 7 E r .. . £20/£l 2 , 1think.
translations! T h e hotel
8 Canadian/American, I think, Major.
is terrible and B a sil
often gets angry w ith his
staff and guests!

2A Match the words in the box with pictures A - H .

lift A restaurant stairs keycard reception

internet connection room service parking

B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : point to a

picture above. Student B: say the word.

C Discuss. W hat do you look for in a hotel?

m
speakout at a hotel w riteb ack an email to a hotel
4A Look at the key phrases below. W ho says them? 6A Number the phrases in the correct order in the
Write guest (G) or receptionist (R) next to each phrase. email below.

0O O
keyphrases
lo... FlamencoHotel@5arhotels.com
Good evening. Can I help you? R
Yes, I have a reservation.
For two nights? from 15th November. Regards,
W hat’s your family name?
Could you spell that? Thank you in advance. for two nights
You’re in room 407.
This is your keycard. Please reply Dear Sir or Madam,
W hat time’s breakfast?
to this email address. for one person

B ® 1 .1 4 Listen and check. Jamie McDonald

C Listen again and write the guest’s name and I would like to reserve a room
telephone number.
G u est:__________________________________
Phone:__________________________________ B W rite an email to book a room. Decide where and
how many nights you want to stay. Choose one of the
5 W ork in pairs and take turns to role-play the cities and hotels below.
situation. Student A : you are the receptionist. Welcome • New York / The Hilton
the guest and complete the hotel registration form.
• Edinburgh / Castle Bed & Breakfast
Student B: you are the guest. Answer the receptionist’s
• Sydney / The Ritz
questions.

HOTEL REGISTRATION
Family name:
First name: _
A d dress:____

Phone:___________________________________________
E m ail:____________________________________________
Number of nights:___________________________

A; Good evening, can I help you?

B: Yes, I have a reservation. M y name’s Pirez.
A: Ah, yes. Could you spell that?
1.5 « LOOKBACK

PRESENT SIMPLE: BE OBJECTS POSSESSIVES

1A Complete sentences 1-15 with
the correct form of be.
1 W here’_____Kuala Lumpur?
2 W h e re _____these people from:
Oprah Winfrey, Daniel Radcliffe,
Kazuo Ishiguro, Cristiano Ronaldo?
3 W here’_____the Blue Mosque?
4 W h a t______the names of four
countries in South America
beginning with A, B or C?
5 I’ the President of the USA.
W h a t______my name?
B W ork in pairs and answer the
questions.
4A W rite the name of each object. 6A W ork in pairs. Complete the
poems with words from the box.
m y your my mine yours
hands fine Ann’s
A: This is 1__________my book.
B: No, it’s 2_____________
A: Here’s 3______________ name. Look!
B: Oh! That’s 4_________
B: Are these 5__________ . pens?
A: No, they’re 6________
B: W here are 7_________ then?
A : In my 8_______________

SPELLING AND COUNTRIES B Read the poems to each other.

2A Unjumble the letters and find AT THE STATION

six countries below. B Underline the correct alternatives.
aanpj —Japan
7A Complete the conversation
1 A: Which newspaper is that/thosel with the words in the box.
1 isusar B: It’s The Times.
2 typeg 2 A: W hat are this/these? could is return there you it
3 isnap B: They’re my new sunglasses.
Could
4 hutso cifara 3 A: W hat are that/those?
A: Hello./,! have a ticket to Rome,
5 omicxe B: They’re English magazines.
please?
6 diain
C W ork in pairs and take turns.
B W rite five new words from Unit 1. Student A : give your partner an B: A single or ?
object from your bag/pocket.
Student B: close your eyes and take A: A return, please. How much is ?
an object from your partner. Guess
what it is. B: Twenty-five euros.

A: W hat’s this? / What are these?

A: And which platform it ?
B: It’s a ... / They’re ...

B: Platform three. O ver .

C W ork in pairs and take turns. WORD GROUPS
Student A : say one of your words. 5A W rite five words from Unit 1 A: Thank .
Student B: spell it. for the three groups below:
A: sandwich B Make a list of twelve key words
1 electrical objects
from the conversation.
B: s-a-n-d-w-i-c-h mobile phone, ...
2 two-syllable words C W ork in pairs. Compare your list
QUESTIONS WITH BE passport, ... of the key words and practise the
3 places conversation.
3 W ork in pairs. Student A:
money exchange, ...
choose a famous person. Student B: B ID S VIDEO PODCAST

□©
ask questions to identify him/her. B W ork in pairs and take turns. D ow nload th e
B: Is it a man? Student A : read out the words but po d cast and view
A: Yes, it is. don’t say which group. Student B: people talking abo u t
B: Is he French? guess the group. th em se lv es and w h e re
th ey a re fro m .
A: No, he isn’t.
^ ^ ^ ^ T o r \ n t e r v ie w s
B: Is he on TV? ( A u th en tic B B C in —
A: Yes, he is.
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout

□
 UNIT 2
SPEAKING
1 Talk about activities you do
> Talk about your daily routine
> Talk about people’s jobs
> A sk questions at a tourist
information centre

LISTENING
> Listen to people discussing
online groups
> Listen to people talk about
their daily routines
UNIT > C h e c k w hen you d o n ’t

2
understand
1 W atch an extract from a
reality program m e about a
difficult job

READING
> Read about online groups

WRITING
1 Link sentences w ith and,
but and or
> W rite an internet posting
to a penpal

BBC CONTENT
@ V ideo podcast: W h a t ’s
yo u r daily routine?
© D V D : Holiday: Fasten Y o u r
Seatbelt
2.1 JOIN US!
| G R A M M A R | present simple: l/you/we/they ► V O C A B U L A R Y | activities ► H O W T O | talk about activities

READING
1A Read the website extracts. Answer
the questions.
1 How many online groups are there?
Profile edit Friends v Inbox ▼
2 Which is the right group for these people?

W e love films - old black and

white films, new films - all
kinds of films. W e write about
films on our group forum. W e
w atch D V D s and films on TV,
and som etim es w e go to the
B W ork in pairs and compare your ideas.
cinem a together. And yes,
w e like popcorn, too!
VOCABULARY a c tiv itie s ► Jo in us

2A Complete phrases 1 - 8 below with

words from the box. Use the website
extracts to help you.
drink read listen to do
play go watch
1 drink coffee / water
2 ______________ film s/ T V
3 ______________ tennis / football
4 ______________ junk food / popcorn
5 ______________ books / magazines
6 ______________ music / an MP3 player
7 ______________ running / to the cinema
8 ______________ sport / exercise
B Add these words to phrases 1 -8 .
tea a sandwich D VD s swimming
golf newspapers nothing
the teacher
C W ork in pairs. Student A : say a noun
from Exercise 2A . Student B: say the verb
that goes with it.
A: football
i l l Travel group
W e love travel! W e go
eat everywhere. W e meet people
from different countries and
w e chat with them about
their lives. W e take photos
of our travels, and post them
on our w ebsite. W e read
travel books and w e like
m aps. ► Jo in us
Sport group
W e love sport! W e do lots of
sport. W e play tennis and go
running or swimming every
day. At the w eekend, w e do
exercise in the gym or w e
play football. W e also watch
sport on TV. W e don't eat
junk food, only good food.
W e don't drink coffee, only
► Jo in us
water; 2 -3 litres a day.

B:play football Laid-back group

W e do nothing ... just relax
i i 1 speakoi TIP
_
... all the time! W e don't like
work and w e hate sport, but
Look for words that go together
w e listen to our M P3 players
(collocations). W hen you write new words a lot. W e w atch TV every
in your notebook, write the words that go evening ... for 4 -5 hours!
with them, e.g. drink coffee/tea/water. W e don't read bo o ks or
Look at the website extract about the n ew sp ap ers, but som etim es
Travel group. In your notebook, write the w e read m agazines. E asy
words that go with meet and take. m agazines, of co urse! ► Jo in us
 2 .1

LISTENING
3A ® 2.1 Listen to two friends talk about the online groups. Complete
the table for the man. Tick the boxes.

like don’t like

sport /

films

travel

relaxing

B Discuss. W hich is the right group for the man?

GRAMMAR p r e s e n t sim p le : l/you/we/they

4A 0 2 .2 Listen and complete the table.

Questions and short answers

like films? Yes,

you I
travel a lot? No,

B Listen again. Underline the stressed words.

C Look at the pronunciation of do you. Then listen and repeat.

do„you /duju/
/duju/ like films?

lint page 130 LA N G U A G E B A N K

PRACTICE
5A W ork in pairs. W rite three questions for each online group. Use the
website extracts to help.
Film group - Do you like films? Do you watch films on TV?
Do you go to the cinema a lot?

B W ork in groups. A sk other students your questions. W hich is the

right group for them?

GRAMMAR p r e s e n t sim p le : l/you/we/they

6A Read the website extract about the Laid-back group again.

Complete the table.

Positive and negative statements

magazines.
We
books.

B Look at the sentences in the table. How do you make the negative?

C Underline the correct word(s) to complete the rule.

Rule: W e use the present simple for activities we do regularly/at the

moment of speaking.

lint page 130 LA N G U A G E B A N K

2.2 HIGH FLYERS
* G R A M M A R | present simple: helshelit ► V O C A B U L A R Y | daily routines; jobs ► H O W T O | talk about routines

VOCABULARY d a ily r o u t in e s LISTENING

1A Match the phrases in the box with photos A - l below. 3 Look at the person in the photo on page 21. W hat is
his jo b ? Do you think it is a good jo b ?
get up A go to bed have breakfast get home
4A ® 2.3 Listen and answer the questions.
have lunch start work/school leave home
1 Do the people like their jobs?
finish work/school have dinner
2 Do their families think they are good jobs?

B Listen again and complete the table.

Daniel Ted

'where/breakfast? London

^here/lunch?

3where/dinner? Singapore

4when/leave home?

5when/get home?

p r e s e n t sim p le : h e lsh e lit

5A Look at audio script 2.3 on page 168 and complete

the table.

Present simple positive statements

He home on Monday.

He home on Thursday.

My father windows.

B Complete the questions. B Look at the sentences in the table above and complete
1 Do you get up early? the rule.
2 Do yo u_________breakfast at home?
3 W hat time do yo u __________ home? Rule: To make the present simple with he/she/it add
_________ o r __________ to the verb.
4 When do yo u__________work/school?
5 W here do yo u __________ lunch?
C ® 2.4 Listen to the verbs. W rite them in the correct
6 When do yo u__________ home?
group below according to the sound of the ending.
7 Do yo u_________to bed late?
/s/ IzJ h zJ
C W ork in pairs. A sk and answer the questions above.
gets

W RITIN G and, bu t an d o r D ® 2.5 Listen to other verbs. W rite them in the

correct group. Then listen and repeat.
2A Complete the sentences with and, bu t and or.
1 Every morning, I have coffee, I don’t like it E Look at the sentences in the table and complete the rule.
very much.
2 Every morning, I have coffee at hom e__________ I drink Present simple negative statements
another coffee on the train. He doesn’t want to fly.
3 Every morning, I have coffee__________tea at home.
My wife doesn’t like it.
B Complete each sentence in three different ways. Use
and, but and or. Rule: Make the negative with he/she/it + _________ + verb.
1 In the week, I get up early ...
2 A t the weekend, I play tennis ... mi* page 130 L A N G U A G E B A N K

C W ork in pairs and compare your answers.

PRACTICE GRAMMAR p r e s e n t sim p le : he/she/it

6A Complete the text. Use a verb in the

8A Look at the sentences in the table and complete the rule.
positive or negative form.

noa Present simple questions

Breakfast Does he want to be a pilot?
W hat does your family think?

Rule: Make the question w ith. + he/she/it + verb.

A day in the life ...

B © 2.6 Listen and underline the stressed words.
1 Does he want to be a pilot?

Sian W illiam s 'gets up at 3.45 in the 2 W hat does your family think?
morning but she 2 (not) breakfast at
C Listen again and repeat the sentences,
home because there’s no time. She 3_______
home at 4.15 and 4________ to the B B C 1 nut page 130 L A N G U A G E B A N K
studio by taxi. She 5 w ork at 5.30
and is live on air from 6 to 9.15 in the PRACTICE
morning. In the afternoon
she prepares for the 9 W ork in pairs. Student A : look at page 160. Student B: look at page 164.
next day’s show. She
6_______ work at about
VOCABULARY jo b s
4 and 7_______ home at
5. She 8______ (not) T V in 10A © 2 . 7 Listen to the sounds A - F and write the names of the jobs.
the evening because she
9_______ music and 10________ 1 _____________ 3 5 _____________
dinner for her family! 2 ____________ 4 _____________ 6 _______________

B Work in pairs. How many other jobs do you know in English? Make a list,
B Read the information again. W hat’s the lint page 153 P H O TO B A N K
woman’s jo b ?

7A W ork in pairs. W hat do you know SPEAKING

about your partner? W rite four true and
two false sentences about him/her. 11 W ork in groups. O ne student: choose a person from the photo bank

Pilar gets up early. on page 153. The other students: ask ten questions to find the job.
She doesn’t watch TV in the evening. B: Is it a woman?
A: Yes, it is.
B W ork with another partner. Take it in
C: Does she work with animals?
turns to read your sentences. Guess which
A: No, she doesn’t ...
are true and which are false.

□
2.3 WHAT TIME DOES IT START?
F U N C T I O N | asking for information I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | the time ► L E A R N T O | show you don’t understand

VOCABULARY | t h e tim e

1A Match the times 1 - 6 to the photos A - F .

1 four o’ clock C
2 _________ past five
3 two fifteen O R quarter past________
4 one thirty O R past one
5 nine forty-five O R to ten
6 five six

B Look at the photos again and complete the times above. FUNCTION a sk in g f o r in fo rm a tio n

C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : point to a 4A W ork in pairs. Look at the photos and leaflets.
photo. A sk the time. Student B: say the time. Answ er the questions.
A: W hat’s the time? 1 W hat city are the tourists in?
B: It’s . . . 2 W hat tours can they take?

2A ® 2.8 Look at the times below. Listen and circle the

3 W hat can they do on the tours?

correct times. B © 2 .9 Listen and answer the questions.

1 Which tour do the tourists want?
I
ID .3 Q I M D u s 2 Do they book the tour?
3 W hat’s the problem?

m m 5A Put the questions about the bus tour in the

correct order.
1 it / does / what / time / start?
E 5 B E H 1 n o 2 leave / where / from? / does / it

U DC U 1C 3 when / the tour / finish? / does

n .C D I.-1-1 I B 4 much / cost? / it / how / does
5 take / do / credit cards? / you
W ork in pairs. Student A : look at page 166. Student B:
look at page 164. B © 2 .1 0 Listen and check. Then listen again and
underline the stressed words in the questions above.
3 W ork in pairs and take turns. A sk and answer the
questions below. C Look at the pronunciation of does it. Listen again and
A t the weekend, what time do you ... repeat the questions.
• get up? does J t /dazit/
• have breakfast? W hat time /dazit/ start?
• have lunch?
D © 2.11 Listen and answer the questions in Exercise 5A.
• go to bed?
lint page 130 L A N G U A G E B A N K
On Saturday I get up at 8 but on Sunday I ...
 n4
* '* * * »

HONG KONG

to u r

ride to
, see the
harbour on
iantast'c Vl vWage of
Visit the ^ 3 g0 shoPP'^
Aberdeen, paradise
in t h e ' S h ° P P t_pnish
3tStarl'el T o the beach ^

£ i^ seBav-

LEARN TO s h o w y o u d o n ’t u n d e r s ta n d

6A (£) 2.12 Read and listen to part of the conversation

SPEAKING
again. Underline three phrases the woman (A) uses when
she doesn’t understand. 7A W ork in pairs. Student A : you w ork at the Tourist
A: Hello. W e ’re back. Information centre. Look at page 161.
C : Hello again! So, do you want the Hong Kong Island tour? Student B: You are a tourist in Hong Kong. A sk Student A
A: Yes. Er. Could you speak more slowly, please? questions and complete the notes below.
C : O f course. Would you like to take the tour tomorrow Excuse me. Can you give me some information about the
morning or afternoon? ... ? What time does i t ... ?
A: Tomorrow morning. W hat time does it start?
C : A t eight o ’clock exactly. S t a r t time finish time Leaves from Price
A: Excuse me, eight o’clock ... ?
tfarfeenr te ar
C : Yes, at eight.
A: And where does it leave from? IsU n i te a r
C : The bus leaves from the front gate here.
A: Sorry, could you repeat that?
C : The bus leaves from the front gate.
B Change roles. Student B: now you work at the Tourist
B ® 2 .13 Listen again to the three phrases. Then repeat
Information centre. Look at the information below.
and practise the polite intonation.
Answer Student A ’s questions.

Start time Finish time Leaves from

W hen you don’t understand, stop the other person and
ask them to slow down or to repeat. Night tour 7.15p.m. 10.15p.m. Temple HK$410
Street

C W ork in groups. A sk each student for their address Rock 8.00p.m. 11.30p.m. Asia-World HK$980
concert Expo
and telephone number. Use the phrases from Exercise 6 A
to check the information.
2.4 m CHALET GIRL

DVD PREVIEW
1 Read the programme information and answer the
questions.
1 W hat is Toyah’s usual job?
2 W hat job does she try?

Q Q S Holiday: Fasten
T o u r seatbelt

T
oyah W illc o x is a T V
p r e s e n t e r , a s in g e r
an d a c tre ss. I n th is B B C
p r o g r a m m e s h e ta k e s a
new holiday job as a chalet
girl inVerbier, Sw itzerland.
H e r jo b is to c le a n th e
r*V>a1pf a n r l r n n t f n r c i v
guests. T h e problem is that T o y an is n ’t a good
cook and it’s her first tim e in this kin d o f job!

2 W ork in pairs. Read Toyah’s list of jobs. Which

are about food, cleaning or people?

T o c la ijs jo b s

Coot breakfast 3A Watch the DVD. Number Toyah’s jobs

Qo shopping for food 1 in the correct order.

Clean the rooms B W hat five problems does Toyah have?

OOasL tfie floors Use the prompts below to help.

Make a cake 1 shopping / 174 / 100 francs

Meet tkejaests 2 salt / soup

C)6 oat witk tkejaests 3 guest / professional cook

4 not have / key
Saij bread
5 guest / not want / egg
Make soap
C W ork in pairs and discuss. W hat
are two good things and two
bad things about this job?
 B B C

speakout life at home w riteb ack an internet posting

4A Think about your life at home. Make a list of: 5A Read the internet posting. Is Leona a good
• three things you like doing penpal for you?
• three things you don’t like doing

B © 2 .14 Listen to two people talking about p e n p a if in d e n c " 1 m

their life at home. W rite man (M) or woman
(W ) next to phrases 1-3 . About me: I’m Leona. I live in the Czech Republic.
1 likes cleaning I’m a student of law at Prague University and I also
study English in the evenings. I’m twenty-two and I
2 doesn’t like cleaning
love meeting people, but I don’t know many people
3 likes relaxing
from other countries.
C Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear.
Interests/Hobbies: I like rock music, and my
favourite band is Radiohead. I’m very active. I go
keyphrases
running or swimming every morning and I like sports -
Do you like [cleaning/cooking/washing]?
tennis is my favourite, but I don’t play it well.
Yes, I love it! It’s O K . / No, not really. / No, I
don’t. I hate it. R equ ests: Please email me. I want to practise
I don’t [clean/cook/relax]! English and to have friends from other countries,
W hat do you like doing? Why? especially from South America or Asia. I want to know

I like [playing video games/watching TV]. about different lifestyles.

Me, too.
D W ork in groups. A sk and answer questions
about life at home. Use the key phrases to help.
E Discuss. W hich student has a similar life at
B W rite a posting about you. Remember to use and,
but and or.
About me: Give your name, your country/city, your
occupation (work/study)
Interests/Hobbies: W hat do you like doing?
Requests: W hat do you want?

C Read othtr students’ postings. Match two students

with each other.
2.5 « LOOKBACK

ACTIVITIES DAILY ROUTINES

1A W hat are the jo b s? Find and 2A Complete the questions with a 4A On a piece of paper write:
circle twelve jobs. suitable verb. • a place you like
I Do you read magazines? • your job or study subject
^ a it e r h a /rd re ss« Which ones?
• the time you get up
&
2 Do you sport on TV?
O • two things you do in the evening
ff o Which sport?
3 Do you a lot of photos? B W ork in pairs. Exchange papers.
When? A sk and answer questions.
4 Do you music when you A: Moonbucks. W hat’s that?
work or study? W hat kind? 6: A coffee bar.
5 Do you exercise every A: Why do you like it?
week? W hat do you do?
8: Well, ...
6 Do you a lot of junk food?
W hat and when? C Take your partner’s paper.
7 Do you books in English? W ork with a new partner and
Which ones? exchange papers. A sk and answer
8 Do you to the cinema a questions about your first partner.
lot? When? Why does he get up at six?
What does he study?
B W ork in pairs. W hich jobs are
B W ork in pairs. A sk and answer
the questions.
right for these people? W rite two ASKING FOR INFORMATION
jobs for each person.
PRESENT SIMPLE QUESTIONS 5A Look at the leaflet below.

I like people. 3A W hat do you know about your

W rite questions to ask for the
information in the leaflet.
partner? Complete the sentences
with the positive or negative form
I Malta full day tour
of the verb in brackets.
Start tim e: 9 .4 5 a .m .
I He/She doesn’t like dike')
I talk a lot. shopping. Finish tim e: 4 .3 0 p .m .
2 He/She (play)
Leaves from : H otel lo b b y
computer games.
3 He/She (go) out a lot A d u lt: 15 e u ro s
in the evenings. Paym ent: A ll m a jo r cre d it
I work well alone. 4 He/She (do) his/her card s acce p te d .
homework every night.
5 He/She (study) a lot at B W ork in pairs. Student A : you
the weekend. are a tourist. A sk questions about
6 He/She (watch) the Malta tour. Student B: you work
I love numbers. breakfast television. at the Tourist Information centre.
7 He/She (go) to bed A nswer your partner’s questions.
very late. Use full sentences.
8 He/She (cook) every A: What time does the tour start?
night. 8: It starts at nine forty-five in the
r
5 I’m very active. B W ork in pairs and check your
morning.

answers. IDIDS VIDEO PODCAST

A: Do you like shopping? | ^ | Download the
6: No, I don’t I ^ I podcast and view
k H H people talking about
I like food. 1 t 1 th eir daily lives.

www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
 UNIT 3
SPEAKING
J D e scrib e a friend and w h y
you like them
J M ake arrangem ents to
m eet friends
1 T alk about a special
occasion

LISTENING
1 Learn to sh o w interest
w hen you listen
1 W a tc h an extract from

UNIT a d o cum entary about a

special occasion

c READING
J Read and understand a
3 quiz about friends

J Read about an unusual

family

W RITING
J Im prove y o u r use o f
a p o s t r o p h e ’s
1 W rite about y o u r family
J W rite an invitation

BBC CONTENT
0 V id e o podcast: W h a t
do you like doing with
friends/fam ily?
© D V D : F ra n cesco ’s
M editerranean Voyage
3.1 JUST GOOD FRIENDS
► G R A M M A R | frequency adverbs; modifiers I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | personality I ► H O W T O | describe personality

VOCABULARY p e rs o n a lit y LISTENING

1A Match adjectives 1 -5 with pictures A - E . 2A ® 3.2 Listen and answer the questions.
1 intelligent 8 1 Are the two men very close friends?
2 kind 2 Are the two women very close friends?
3 talkative
B Listen again. Tick the adjectives that describe Jose and Rosa.
4 friendly
5 funny adjective Jose Rosa

friendly
funny
intelligent
kind
quiet
serious
stupid
talkative

GRAMMAR fre q u e n c y ad v e rb s

3A Read the sentences and put the adverbs in bold in the correct place
on the line below.
1 He’s sometimes very funny - not all the time, but sometimes.
2 W e usually understand each other well.
3 W e often go out to clubs - two or three times a week.
4 W e hardly ever do things together, maybe two or three times a year,
never always

0% 100%

B Read the sentences again and complete the rule below.

B Look at the adjectives in the box below.
Match each adjective with its opposite Rule: The adverb goes before/after the verb be.
from Exercise 1A. The adverb goes before/after other verbs.

stupid I serious unfriendly quiet mi* page 132 L A N G U A G E B A N K

unkind
C Look at audio script 3.1 on page 168.
Underline the stressed syllables in the
adjectives.
D (►) 3.1 Listen and check. Then listen
again and repeat.
E W ork in pairs. Think of a friend and
describe him/her. Use adjectives from
Exercise 1A.
M y friend’s name is David. I like him
because he’s kind and funny.
PRACTICE
4A Put the words in the correct o rd e r.
1 My / quiet / usually / very / friend / is M y friend is usually very quiet.
2 always / ’re / together / W e
3 around / feel / I / him/her / stupid / sometimes
4 funny / My / very / usually / is / friend
5 always / him/her / to / I / listen
6 other / understand / don’t / each / W e / always
B W ork in pairs. Discuss which sentences are true for you and your
friend from Exercise 1E.

sp eakoi TIP
i i : _ READING
W e often make words negative with un-.
In your notebook, write the negative of 5A Think of another friend. Read the quiz on page 29 and answer the
these words: happy, usual, well, real, safe, questions.
common, e.g. unhappy.
B W ork in pairs and compare your answers.
 3.1

m o d ifie rs

6A Read the key again and underline

these words: quite, not very, really
and very.

B Complete phrases 1 - 4 with the correct

modifiers and adjectives in the box below.

ve ry good not very good good

really good quite good

I / / / = W e ’re very good friends,

w e ’re friends.
2 / / = W e ’re friends.
3 / = W e ’re friends.
4 X = W e ’re friends.

C (►) 3.3 Listen and repeat,

lint page 132 L A N G U A G E B A N K

Mends or FAIR-WEATHER Mends? PRACTICE

Do the quiz an d find out 7A Correct the modifiers in four of

the sentences below. Two sentences are

how close you really me!

correct.
1 I’m not very friendly. I love people.
very/really
2 I’m very quiet. I speak all the time.
1 Do you like doing things together? 3 I’m quite intelligent. I usually get about
a) Yes, we do. We like the same things and we often do them 65% in tests.
together.
b) Yes, we do. We sometimes do things together. 4 I’m not very funny. People often laugh at
c) No, we don't. We don't like the same things and we hardly ever my jokes.
do things together. 5 I’m really kind. I always help my friends.
2 How often do you phone, text or talk to your friend? 6 I’m not very serious. I like studying and I
a) everyday
don’t like relaxing.
b) once or twice a week
c) not very often
B Change the sentences above so that
3 What do you do when your friend has a problem?
they are true for you. Then compare
a) I usually make time to listen to him/her
b) I sometimes listen, but not always your answers with a partner.
c) I go away and leave him/her alone I’m very funny. People always laugh at my
4 What does your friend know about your life? jokes.
a) everything
b) some things but not everything
c) almost nothing SPEAKING
5 Do you think you're a good friend to him/her?
a) Y e s-w e 're lucky to have each other! 8A Complete the table with the names
b) Yes, usually.
c) Not all the time. of three people you know.

How close? W ho?

not very close Felipe

Key
quite close
3 Of mOfG a ’s: True friends! You're very close, you like a lot
of the same things and you understand each other well. You're very/really close
really good friends and you are always ready to help each other.
B W ork in pairs. A sk and answer
3 Of more b’s: Just good friends. You're quite close to your
friend, but sometimes you don't understand each other very well. questions about the people.
A: W ho’s Felipe?
3 Or more c ’s: Fair-weather friends. You like each other but
you aren't very close. You have fun together, but you don't help 8: We work together. H e ’s very intelligent
each other when one of you has a problem. and quite serious. W e’re not very close.
3.2 BIG HAPPY FAMILIES
_____________| y H O W T O | talk about your family

VOCABULARY fa m ily

1A W ork in pairs. Look at the

photo of the Chernenko family. Can
you find:
• the parents?
• the number of children?
• a son and a daughter?
• a brother and a sister?
• a husband and a wife?

B Look at the family words above.

Do you know any other ‘family’
words? Make a list,
in * page 154 PHOTO B A N K

READING
2A Discuss. W hat do you think are
RealLIVES

Family welcomes
the good/bad things about life in a
big/small family?

B W ork in pairs. Student A : look at

page 165. Student B: read the text on
this page. Circle the numbers in the
box which are in your text. W hat do
they refer to?

12 © II 8 7
9 6 15 BABY DAVID is the latest child of Vladim ir and
Zynaida Chernenko. The Chernenkos come from Ukraine
17 children in the Chernenko family
and now live in the USA. They have got 17 children, 8 girls
C W ork in pairs. Tell your partner and 9 boys. (Sergey, 22, isn’t in the photo.)
about your text. Use your numbers
as prompts.

D W ork in pairs. Draw lines to

complete the information. Use the ife in the Chernenko One daughter, 20-year-old

L
texts to help. house is noisy! The Liliya, is married and doesn’t
e a t b r e a k fa s t house has got 7 rooms live with her brothers and
don’t sisters. The other children
together- but each child sleeps
live at home. ‘ It’s good, says
in his or her own bed. They
don’t always eat at the same 18-year-old Dmitry. ‘ I like
T h e C h e re n k o eat dinner together
time, but in the evenings they it. My best friend says he’s
family have dinner together. They bored because he hasn’t got
travel everywhere in their a brother or a sister. I come
a ll liv e to g eth er
15-seat car. home from school and I’m
Vladimir Chernenko doesn’t never bored. I’ve always got
don’t all live something to do.’
T h e Lew is together.
think his family is unusual.
And how about another
family Large families are quite normal
in the Ukraine. Vladimir says, child? ‘We haven’t got any
ia te th e ir b ig ‘We love singing and now plans,’ says Zynaida, 'but who
we’ve got lots of voices for our knows?'
family *choir!’ a group o f people

O I together

GRAMMAR have/has got
3A Look at the article on page 3 0 again and complete
the sentences.
1 T h e y _____________seventeen children.
2 The house_____________seven rooms.
3 T h e y _____________any plans for another child.
B Complete the table.
I/You/W e/
They
eight sisters.
He/She got
1 n ’t
a brother.
He/She n ’t
C (►) 3 .4 Listen and underline the alternative you hear.
1 David ’s/has got eight brothers.
2 I ’ve/have got a sister and two brothers.
3 They Ve/haven’t got a big car.
4 She ’s/hasn’t got a small family.
D Listen again and repeat. Notice the contracted forms.
W hich word is stressed in the sentence?
nut page 132 L A N G U A G E B A N K
P R A C T IC E
4A Complete the text. Use the correct form of have g ot
or be.
1 1 Ve got a brother and a sister. My sister, Lisa,
2_________________ thirty-five, my brother, Mark,
3_________________ thirty and 14_________________ twenty-seven.
My sister 5__________________married to Andreas and they
6_________________ a daughter, Eva. Eva 7__________________ (not)
any brothers or sisters. My brother 8__________________(not)
married, but he 9 a girlfriend.
I 10__________________married to Marek. W e 11_________________
two sons, Vlad and Henryk. They 12_________________ three
and one.
B Use the information above to complete the family tree.
3.2
SPEAKING
5A Complete the questions.
1 _____________y o u ______________ any brothers or sisters?
2 How many brothers____________ yo u _____________ ?
3 _____________your brother______________ any children?
4 How many children_____________h e _____________ ?
B Draw your family tree in your notebook. W rite your
name and two family members in your tree.
C W ork in pairs. Exchange family trees with your
partner. A sk and answer questions. Add names, ages and
jobs to your partner’s family tree.
A: How many brothers and sisters have you got?
B: I’ve got two brothers and one sister.
A: What are their names?
B: Joel, Santiago and Cecilia.
A: And how old are they?
D Look at your own family tree again. Check the
information and correct any mistakes.
W RITIN G a p o s t r o p h e ’s
6A Read the sentences. Underline six examples o f ’s.
Stuart’s got one sister and two brothers. His sister’s
name’s Jane and she’s a doctor. Jane’s husband is also a
doctor and he’s got four children from his first marriage.
B W ork in pairs. W h ic h ’s means has, is or p o sse ssiv e ’s ?
C Read the text. Put in six missing apostrophes (’).
Ive got two brothers, Aleksis, and Pavel. Aleksis is forty.
Hes an engineer and hes married to Katia. They live in an
apartment in Moscow. Theyve got one daughter, Lara.
Shes at school and she lives at home with them. Aleksis is
quite serious, but my other brother, Pavel, is very energetic
and lively. He likes sport and he writes for a magazine.
Hes single.
D W rite about two people in your family.
W rite 5 0 - 7 0 words.
VOCABULARY t im e e x p r e s s io n s

1A Match the time expressions 1 -5 with the examples

a )- e ).
1 every day
2 once a week
3 once a month
4 twice a year
5 three times a day

a) on Fridays
b) in June and December
c) Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, etc.
d) at 8a.m., I p.m. and 6p.m.
e) on the first Saturday of every month

B How often do you do these activities with friends?

• go to a club, restaurant or a cafe
• go to the cinema or a concert
• chat about work/school
LEARN TO s h o w in t e r e s t
C W ork in pairs and compare your answers.
4A Look at the extract. How does Denise show interest?
I go to a cafe with my friends twice a week.
Underline three of her phrases.
Alicia and I chat about work every day.
Denise: How’s your new job?
Ron: Good. The w ork’s quite interesting and the people
LISTENING are quite friendly...
Denise: Uh-huh.
2A © 3.5 Listen to a phone call between Ron and Jack.
Ron: ... and the work isn’t too difficult.
W hich two things in Exercise 1B do they talk about?
Denise: That’s great!
B Listen again. A re the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Ron: It’s not perfect. I haven’t got my own office, and
Correct the false sentences. one of the people in my room is really unfriendly ...
1 Ron doesn’t like his new job. Denise: Oh, that’s a shame!
F Ron likes his new job.
2 Ron likes all the people in his office. B W hich of the three phrases is positive (+), negative (-)
3 Ron wants to meet Jack tonight. or neutral (N)?

4 They agree to meet. C Complete the phrases with the words in the box.

C Is Jack a good listener? W h y/W h y not?

interesting a shame terrible great
3A (►) 3 .6 Listen to a phone call between Ron and awful fantastic wonderful
Denise. Complete the note with the information you hear.
Positive Negative
That’s interesting ! That’s o shame !

m et*._____
at (pto*) D (►) 3.7 Look at the intonation. Then listen and repeat.

f ilm s t a r t * a t — That’s interesting! That’s a shame!

E (►) 3 .8 Listen to the sentences. Reply with a positive

or negative phrase.
I’ve got a new job!
B Is Denise a good listener? W hy/W hy not?
You: That’s fantastic!
 SPEAKING
7A You want to go to the cinema. W rite down:
• the name of a film
• the name of the cinema
• two start times

B W ork in pairs and role-play the situation. Student A:

invite your partner to see a film. Student B: ask about the
film and accept the invitation. Use the flowchart to help.

Say hi.
Hello, it’s ...
Say hi.
A sk about Student A.
H o w ... ?
Answer.
Ask about Student B.

Answer. Give news.

Show interest.

Finish giving news.

A sk if Student B is free. ■

Say yes.

Suggest a film.
FUNCTION making arrangements
Ask about time and
5A Underline the correct alternative.
place.
1 Do/Are you free tonight?
Answer.
2 W hat you want/do you want to do?
3 How/Who about going to the cinema? Say yes.
4 W here’s it on/the townl
5 W hat time do you want/when to go? Finish call.
6 It’s/This is on at six o’clock.
Finish call.
7 What’s/Was good for you?
8 How about meeting/to meet at half past five?

B ® 3 .9 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat,

mi* page 132 L A N G U A G E B A N K

6 W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say a number

below. Student B: say the complete sentence/question.
1 free / tonight?
2 W hat / want / do?
3 How about / cinema?
4 W here / on?
5 W hat time / go?
6 It’s on / seven
7 good / you?
8 How about / at half past five?

A: Six
B: It’s on at seven.
 DVD PREVIEW ► DVD VIEW
1 Discuss. W hat special occasions do people usually 4A W atch the DVD. W hich of the activities in
celebrate in your country? W hat do people usually do Exercise 2A do you see?
on these occasions?
B W atch the DVD again. A re sentences 1 - 6 true (T)
2A Match the verbs and the phrases they go with. or false (F)?
1 have w a restaurant 1 Men make the special wedding bread. F
2 eat football on T V 2 There are 1,000 guests for the wedding.
3 go to special clothes 3 Maria arrives at the wedding with her father.
4 sing \ presents/gifts to each other 4 The wedding party starts with a dance.
5 give a party 5 Maria and Jorgos dance with their whole family.
6 watch to special music
7 invite special food
8 dance ‘Happy Birthday’
9 wear guests

B W ork in pairs. Add two more activities to the list

above.

3A Read the programme information. W hat special

celebration does Francesco go to? C Complete sentences 1 - 8 with words from the box
below.

B B B Francesco’s married dance food money

wedding family wife man
Mediterranean Voyage
rchitect and historian Francesco da 1 The whole of Maria’s village has turned out to see

A Mosto travels around the Mediterranean her get married .

Sea and goes to lots of different places. 2 This is the nervous bridegroom, Jorgos. In a few

In this programme, Francesco minutes he and Maria will b e _____________ and

visits the island of Crete and 3 It’s certainly the largest _ . reception I’ve
goes to a local wedding. He ever been to.
m eets the gorgeous bride, 4 A t Cretan weddings, guests give_______
___________ as gifts.
M aria and h er n ervo u s
bridegroom Jorgos, watches 5 And now th e _____________is served. The meat of 150
sheep ... and a whole lot more.
the preparations and the
w ed d in g, then join s the 6 Maria and Jorgos’s first_____________as man and wife
includes all their close _
guests for the reception - a
big party to celebrate the D W atch the DVD again and check
occasion! your answers.

B Read the information again and check

any new words in your dictionary.

34
speakout a special occasion w riteb ack an invitation
5A W ork in pairs. Think of a special occasion, e.g. 6A Read the invitation and answer the questions.
a birthday, a national holiday or a weddding. Use the 1 W hat’s the special occasion?
questions below to make notes about it. 2 W here is it?
• W hat’s the name of the occasion? 3 When is it?
• When and where does it happen?
• What do you usually do? Describe three/four activities.
• W hat’s your favourite thing on that day? Come and join us at our New Year Party!
Place
B ® 3 .10 Listen to someone talking about 16A Abbey Street Dublin
Hogmanay. Number the pictures in order. (map attached)

Date
Saturday 31st December (of course!)

Time
8.00 till late
Celebrate the New Year with some friends
instead of watching TV!

R.S.V.P.
Tel: Sean on 94938 284
C Look at the key phrases below. Listen again and or email seanQwebmailprrnm
tick the key phrases you hear.
— --------
keyphrases
[I want to talk/Let me tell you] about... B W rite an invitation to a special occasion. Use the
invitation above to help. Choose from the list:
[This/It] happens in (place) on (d ate)...
• a birthday party
On [this day/the day before], we [always/usually/
often]... • a housewarming

W e (also) have a special custom ... • a wedding

I like it because ... • a school leaving party

• a graduation party

D W ork in groups and take turns. O ne student: talk C W ork in groups and exchange invitations. Read
about your special occasion. Use the key phrases to them and reply to two.
help. O ther students: listen and make notes. Then
ask two questions about the occasion.
3.5 « LOOKBACK

PERSONALITY FAMILY B W rite three activities from above

in the diary below. Leave three
1A Rearrange the letters to 3A Complete the sentences with spaces empty.
make adjectives. Then write the the correct family word.
opposites.
1 itspud stupid - intelligent
1 My mother’s father is m y__________
SATURDAY
2 My brother’s son is m y___________
2 alavetkit 3 My sister’s daughter is my morning:___________________
3 relyfind
4 eurosis 4 My father’s sister is m y___________ afternoon:
5 dink 5 My grandmother’s son is my
___________or m y____________ evening:
B Complete the sentences below. 6 My sister’s mother and father are
It is important/not important that: m y___________ SUNDAY
• a doctor is ...
B W rite four more sentences to morning:
• a parent is ...
test your partner.
• a T V presenter is ...
My mother’s daughter is my ... afternoon:
C W ork in pairs and discuss your
answers.
C W ork in pairs and take turns. evening:
Student A : read out your sentences.
A: I think it’s important that a doctor
Student B: say the family word.
is intelligent and kind.
8: Yes, I agree.// don’t agree. C W ork in groups. Take turns to
HAVE/HAS GOT
invite other students to do the
FREQUENCY ADVERBS 4A W ork in pairs. W rite questions activities with you. W hen they
to ask other students. accept, write their names and the
2A Add the vowels to the Find someone who ... activity in your diary.
frequency adverbs.
I . has got a cat. A: How about going shopping on
1 Jw _y s Saturday morning?
Have you got a cat?
2 _s lly B: Sorry, I’m busy./Great! I’m free.
2 ___________has got a laptop.
3 _ft_n
3 ___________hasn’t got children.
4 s_m _t_m _s PUNCTUATION
4 ___________has got brothers and
5 h_rdly _ v _ r sisters. 6A Rewrite the text message with
6 n_v_r 5 ___________has got a job. spaces and punctuation.

B Choose six events and write six 6 ___________hasn’t got a car.

sentences that are true about you.

B A sk other students the
Use each adverb of frequency
questions. W rite a different Hiareyoufree
only once.
student’s name in each gap above. tonighthowa
I Naomi has got a cat. boutgolngto
TXclubmeet
w atc!J v T V t a
MAKING ARRANGEMENTS at8oclockout
e a t lu n c h at w o rk /sch o o l side
5A Complete the phrases with a
drink coffee in the evening suitable verb.

do the food shopping go shopping / running

a club / a concert / the B W rite a reply.
cinema
. lunch at a restaurant / B ID S VIDEO PODCAST
breakfast at a cafe J . j Download the podcast
get hom e late ___________a film on T V / a D VD I ^ I and view people
■ ■ talking about their
___________football / tennis / golf
I always get home late. 1 ( 1 families and friends.

C W ork in pairs. Read out your Authentic

six sentences. W hat things are the
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
sam e/different?
 UNIT 4
SPEAKING
1 Describe your home
1 Talk about things you can
do in town
1 Have a conversation in a
shop

LISTENING
1 Listen to a man describing
his flat
1 Understand conversations
in shops

UNIT 1 Watch an extract from a

4
documentary about some
amazing places

READING
1 Read about an English
village not in England

W RITING
1 Improve your use of
commas
1 W rite an email about your
home
1 W rite a blog about your
favourite place

BBC CO N TEN T
0 Video podcast: W here do
you live?
© DVD: 50 Places To See
Before You Die

places

► Small place, big style ► An English village? ► Can I help you? ► Favourite Places
4.1 SMALL PLACE, BIG STYLE
^ G R A M M A R | there is/are | ► V O C A B U L A R Y h^ogrns/furniture; prepositions ► H O W T O | talk about homes

1A W hat do you need in a flat? Tick the necessary

things in the word webs below.

kitchen
living room dining room

LISTENING
bathroom
2A Read the advert and answer the questions.
1 W ho are ‘microflats’ for?
bedroom balcony
2 W here are they?
3 Are they expensive to buy?
cupboard 4 Which rooms and furniture can you see in the pictures?

M icroflats for you

Do you w ork in the city centre?
Are you a student or teacher?
Or m aybe a police officer, doctor or nurse?
Then w e ’v e got the flat for you!
Twenty-four m icroflats for sale in the city centre.
Low price, high quality, available now!
C o n tact u s on 0118 324168
B W ork in pairs and compare your ideas. to s e e one today!

C ® 4.1 Listen and underline the stress in each word.

Then listen and repeat.

D W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say a room.

Student B: say the furniture which is usually in that room. B ® 4.2 Listen to two people talk about a microflat.
k. Living room Number the rooms in the order they talk about them.

B: a sofa, an armchair, ... dining room 1

in* page 155 P H O TO B A N K

balcony
bathroom

sp eako u t bedroom
kitchen
W rite words on Post-its and put them around your home.
living room
Choose eight words for furniture from the photo bank.
Label them in your home. W hen you look at the Post-its,
C Listen again. W hat’s one thing the woman likes about
say the words aloud.
the flat? W hat’s one thing doesn’t she like?
 4.1

GRAMMAR th ere is/are

VOCABULARY prepositions
3A Look at audio script 4.2 on page 169 and complete the table.
7A Match the prepositions in the box
’s a bathroom. with the pictures below.

two chairs.
There in A under above in front of
a separate living room. on behind between next to

any shelves.

Is a bedroom?

B ® 4 . 3 Listen and repeat. Notice the pronunciation of /deaza/

and /Seara/.
mi* page 134 L A N G U A G E B A N K

PRACTICE
4 Complete the email. Use th ere’s , there isn’t, there are or there aren’t.

lo: J
Hi Jaime and Laura,
I'm so happy that you want to stay in my flat. Here's some
information about it.
1 There are four rooms - a bedroom, a living room, a bathroom

i
and a kitchen.2________________ a double bed in the bedroom and
3________________ a desk where you can study and w ork.4_______________
a DVD player in the living room and 5________________ lots of films (in
English!). Have you got a laptop? 6_ wireless broadband
everywhere in the fla t.7______________ a dining room but *
two chairs and a table in the kitchen. My flat is on the top floor and
9_______________ any neighbours, so it's O K to play loud music! B W ork in pairs. Look at the picture on
Tell me about your flat. Where is it and how big is it? page 163 for fifteen seconds. Then correct
Paul sentences 1 - 6 below.
1 There are four books on the shelves.
2 There’s a sofa near the television.

5 W ork in pairs and take turns. A sk your partner about his/her home. 3 There’s a table in front of the door.

How many rooms? Garage? Garden? Washing machine? Shower? 4 There are two chairs next to the table.
Balcony? W ireless broadband? T V / kitchen? 5 There’s a lamp above the armchair.
A: How many rooms are there? 6 There’s a chair between the door and
B: There are six. There’s a ... the shelves.

C Look at the flat again on page 163.

W RITIN G commas W rite three false sentences about where
things are.
6A Look at the sentences below. How are they different? W hich one is
D W ork in pairs. Look at the flat and
correct?
correct your partner’s sentences.
1 There are four rooms - a bedroom and a living room and a bathroom
and a kitchen.
2 There are four rooms - a bedroom, a living room, a bathroom and a SPEAKING
kitchen.
8A In your notebook, draw the outline of
B Put commas in the sentences if necessary. your favourite room at home. Draw only
1 There are three bedrooms two bathrooms and a balcony upstairs. the windows and door.

2 W e ’ve got a bathroom and two bedrooms. B W ork in pairs and take turns. Exchange
3 I get up at 7 have a shower have breakfast in the kitchen and go to work. notebooks. Student A : describe the
furniture in your room. Student B: draw
C W rite an email to a friend about your home. Use the email in Exercise 4 the furniture in the room.
to help. Remember to use commas.
This is my living room. There’s a table under
the window.
4.2 AN ENGLISH VILLAGE?
► G R A M M A R | can for possibility I► V O C A B U L A R Y | places in towns; prepositions I► H O W T O | talk about towns

Studying English is very important

for young people in South Korea.
The problem is that many South
Korean students learn grammar but
don’t learn how to speak.
They say that English-speaking countries
are far away and they can’t visit and
practise. So what’s the answer? Bring
England to South Korea and build an VOCABULARY places in towns
English village! 2A Look at sentences 1-10 below. W here do you think you can do the
These villages have got all the buildings of things in the village? Complete the sentences with the words in the box
a typical village in England so it’s easy to below.
do English activities all day.There are also
English teachers post office bank cinema theatre supermarket museum
from Britain, town hall school pharmacy sports centre
the USA and
Australia working 1 You can post a letter with British stamps on it in a post office .
there and they 2 You can buy English food like baked beans in a _____________
help the guests 3 You can watch films from English-speaking countries in a ______
speak English all 4 You can buy medicine in a ____________
the time! 5 You can see Shakespeare plays in a _____________
6 You can play tennis and football in a _____________
7 You can find out about British history in a _____________

READING 8 You can go to an English class in a _____________

9 You can change money into British pounds in a _____________
1A Look at the picture. W here do you 10 You can m eet the mayor in a _____________
think it is? Read the article and check.
B ® 4 . 4 Listen and check your answers.
B Read the article again and answer the
questions. C ® 4 .5 Look at the place words in Exercise 2 A and underline the
stressed syllables. Then listen and repeat.
1 W ho studies there?
2 W ho works there? 3 Look at the sentences in Exercise 2 A again. Say which things you can
3 W hat buildings does it have? do in your town/city.

4 How does the village help people?

^ sp eak o u t
C W ork in pairs and discuss. Do you think
W hen you see places in town, think to yourself in English: That’s a cinema.
the English village is a good idea? W h y / That’s a sports centre, etc. Do this to practise and revise vocabulary.
W hy not?
GRAMMAR can for possibility VOCABULARY prepositions

4A Look at the sentence and underline 6A Match the prepositions in the box with pictures A - F .
the correct alternative.
You can go to an English class. = It’s possible/ opposite in front of on the left of on the right of
impossible to go to an English class. next to near

B Complete the sentences about the

village. Use can or can’t

watch films from

Australia.
You
change money into
dollars.

C ® 4 .6 Listen and check. Then

underline the correct alternatives to
complete the rules below.

Rules:
1 In sentences, can is usually stressed/
unstressed and pronounced /kon/.

2 In sentences, can't is usually stressed/ B Look at the map of one of the villages. Can you find the bank?
unstressed and pronounced /kaint/.
shopping centre pharmacy

D ® 4.7 Listen and write positive (+),

negative ( - ) or question (?) for each
sentence.
1 ______
2 _______
3 ________
4 ________
5 ________
6

E Listen again and repeat the sentences,

nut page 134 L A N G U A G E B A N K

P R A C T IC E

5A Choose a place from the box in

Exercise 2A . W rite two sentences about
w hat you can/can’t do there.
Post office: You can buy postcards there. You
can’t play tennis there.

B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student

A : read your sentences. Student B: guess
the place.
C Choose another place. W ork with a
new partner and take turns. Student A:
ask questions with Can y o u ... ?an d guess
the place. Student B: answer.
A - Can you change money there?
B: No, you can’t.
C ® 4 .8 Listen and write the places on the map.
D Work in pairs. Student A : look at page 160. Student B: look at page 162.
SPEAKING
7A Think of a favourite place in your town/city. Make notes about
where it is and what you can do there.
B W ork in groups. Tell each other about the places. W hich places would
you like to visit?
There’s a good cinema called the Rialto. It’s in the main square opposite
the metro, next to a big pizza restaurant. It’s got six screens and you can
also have a coffee there.

□
 ► F U N C T I O N | shopping

VOCABULARY
1A W ork in pairs and discuss.
1 Do you enjoy shopping? W h y/W h y not?
2 Is there a big shopping centre in your
town/city? Do you like it? W h y/W h y
not?
3 W here do you usually buy these things in
your town/city?

• clothes
• food
• books
• electronic equipment
• music or DVDs
• things for the home
• magazines/newspapers

B W ork in pairs. W hat different kinds of

shops do you know? Make a list,
ill* page 156 P H O TO B A N K

2A W here can you buy the things in the

box? Complete the table below.

jacket C swimming costume

FUNCTION shopping
jeans blank D V D paperback book
T-shirt magazine headphones 3A (►) 4.10 Listen to the customers. W hat do they w ant? W rite the
memory stick trainers dictionary correct item in the table.
football shirt battery sweater
Customer Item Price

Shop Item I nothing

clothes shop jacket 2 sweater

sports shop 3

electronics shop 4

bookshop 5

B ® 4 .9 Listen and check. Then listen B Listen again and write the correct prices next to each item.
and repeat.
C Look at audio script 4.10 on page 169 and complete the
C W ork in pairs. W rite one other thing sentences below.
you can buy in each shop. 1 Have you got it in large 1
1 ____________________ 2 It’s to o .
2 ______________________ 3 It’s no t__________ enough.
3 __________________________ 4 That’s fine. I’ll__________ it
4 __________________________
D Use the w ords/phrases in the box below to complete sentences 1 -4 .
D W ork in pairs and take turns. Student
A : say one of the shops. Student B: say expensive have long enough medium
four things you can buy there.
1 It’s to o .
A: A newsagent.
2 That’s fine. I’ll____ . this one.
B: Newspapers, magazines, urm . . . , sweets
3 Have you got it in . 7
and drinks.
4 Sorry, but it isn’t _

i * page 134 L A N G U A G E B A N K

m
 LEARN TO say no politely in a shop

5A Look at the three conversation extracts. Underline

the phrases the customer uses to say no politely.
Extract I :

Assistant: Can I help you?

Customer: No, thanks. I’m just looking.

Extract 2:
Customer: Have you got it in large?
Assistant: Sorry, no. Only in medium.
Customer: Mmm. No, it isn’t right. Thanks anyway.
Assistant: No problem.

Extract 3:
Customer: How much are they?
Assistant: One hundred and twenty euros. Would you like
to buy them?
Customer: One hundred and twenty? Er ... I’m not sure. I
need to think about it.
Assistant: Fine. No problem.

B © 4.11 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat.

6 W ork in pairs and practise the shopping situation

from Exercise 4 A again. Student A : you are the shop
assistant. Help your customer. Student B: you are the
customer. This time you don’t buy anything so when the
4A Look at the flow chart. Use the prompts to complete assistant helps you, say no politely.
the customer’s sentences.

Shop Assistant Customer

W hen you say no in a shop, give a reason, and say thank
Can I help you? you, e.g. No, thanks. I’m just looking.

Yes. Have you / this

SPEAKING
sw eater/ size 42?
7A W ork in pairs. Student A : look at the information on
Size 42 in grey?
page 162. Student B: you are a customer in a sports shop.
Just a moment.
Here you are V Role-play the situation. A sk Student A questions and try
to buy the things below. W hen you buy something, write

1
Oh, it / big. Have
the price.
you / it / size 40?
• trainers
Mmm ... yes. • a football
Here you are
V • a football shirt
Have you / it / black? • a swimming costume
T
B Now you are a shop assistant in an electronics shop.
No, sorry. W e ’ve only
got size 36 in black. Look at the things in the list below. W rite a different price
V for each. Then role-play the situation. Answ er Student
That / not big enough. A ’s questions. Begin the conversation: G ood morning.
1/ have / the grey one. Can I help you ?
• camera battery €6.99
B W ork in pairs. Read your conversation aloud.
• blank C D s
C W ork in pairs and role-play a conversation in a clothes • headphones
shop. Student A : you are the customer. Decide what • electronic dictionary
you want to buy. Student B: you are the shop assistant.
Help your customer. Close your books and practise the
conversation.

□
 FAVOURITE PLACES

DVD PREVIEW ► DVD VIEW

1A W ork in pairs. Look at photos A - E . W here are 3A W atch the DVD and check your answers to
the places? W hich countries are they in? Exercise 2. W hich place is number one?

B Match the phrases 1 -5 with photos A - E . B Watch again and underline the words you hear in
1 It’s a romantic city with a lot of art galleries. C the sentences.

2 There are beautiful views of mountains and beaches.
3 You can visit hundreds of temples and the shopping
and the nightlife are great.
4 The colours are amazing. It’s awesome!
5 It’s a fantastic place to watch animals. You can see
zebras, elephants, antelope, hippos and lions.
2 W ork in pairs. Read the programme information
and answer the questions.
1 How many places does this programme look at?
2 Which place do you think is number one?
1 ‘It’s got lots of clubs, bars, shops, food. Everything
you need/want, really.’
2 ‘Huge open/big spaces, fantastic animals, just wide open
freedom, warmth, friendliness and all underneath the
great African sky/sun.’
3 T o me, Paris is elegant, romantic and expensive/
exciting.’
4 ‘Friendly people, loads of beaches, and the food is
unbelievably good/cheap.’
5 ‘I remember actually sitting there ... and I just cried/
looked.’

C W ork in pairs and discuss. W hich places in the

EHDH 50 Places To See world would you both like to visit? Make a list of
five places.
Before You Die
here are so many places in the world
T to see, but if you want to visit fifty in
your life, which do you
choose? In this BBC
programme, we look at
five places: Bangkok,
Cape Town, the Grand
Canyon, the Masai Mara
and Paris. W atch the
programme and find out
which is the number one
place to see!

44

speakout a favourite place
4A Choose a favourite place: a place in the
countryside, a town, a building or a room. The place
can be famous or not. Look at the questions below
and make notes about it:
• W here is it?
• How often do you go there?
• W hat do you do there?
• W hy do you like it?
B ® 4.12 Listen to a man talk about his favourite
place and answer the questions above.
C Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear,
keyphrases
One of my favourite places is ...
I go there every [day/year/summer/weekend]...
When I’m there, I usually ...
I like it because it’s ...
It’s a great place to ...
D W ork in groups and take turns. Tell each other
about your place. Use the key phrases to help. Which
places would you like to visit?
B B C
writeback a description
5A Read the description below and put the topics of
the paragraphs in the correct order.
a) W hy do you like it?________
b) W hat’s the name of the place and where is it?________
c) How often do you go there and what do you do
there?________
traveller Posting 1
My favourite place is my au n t’s flat. She
I lives in the centre of the city, and she
doesn’t w ork so she’s always at home.
I visit her once every month or two. She
cooks lunch for me, and w e chat about
her life and my life. A fter lunch I usually
sleep on her sofa for an hour, or w e
watch TV together. I sometimes take my
w ork w ith me and sit in her living room
and do it, or read a book.
I like it because w hen I’m there I
rem em ber my childhood. There’s always
a nice smell of her cooking. I always feel
good there.
B W rite a description of your favourite place. Use
three paragraphs. W rite about 100 words.
4.5 « LOOKBACK

FURNITURE AND ROOMS CAN FOR POSSIBILITY

1A Add the vowels to the furniture words. 4A Put the words in the correct
1 rmchr 3 cpbrd 5 sf 7 Imp order.
2 bd 4 shivs 6 wrdrb 8 dsk 1 buy / battery / can / for /
W here / camera? / a / my / I
B Think of a room in your flat/house. W rite three objects that are in it. 2 I / W here / smoke? / can
I’ve got a TV, two armchairs and a sofa. 3 I / can / ‘beautiful’ / in / How /
Italian? / say
C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : read out the objects. Student B:
guess the room. 4 they / match? / football / can /
W here / watch / the
PLACES IN TOWNS 5 Can / the / come / friend / my /
to / lesson?
2 W rite the places in the word puzzle and find the secret message.
6 centre? / can / the / W hat / do /
(Hint: What have you got after you shop all day?) in / sports / we

1 send emails at an B W rite answers to the questions

2 buy a football at a above.

3 buy medicine at a I At an electronics shop.

4 get some fruit at a C W ork in pairs and take turns.

5 get a haircut at a Student A : say the answer to one of
6 buy some bread at a the questions above. Student B: ask
the question.
7 shop for food at a
A: On the balcony.
8 get a paperback at a
B: Where can I smoke?
9 buy an MP3 player at an
10 buy a shirt at a
SHOPPING
11 clean a suit at a

1 Have you got this shoes in size 36?

THERE IS/THERE ARE AND PREPOSITIONS
2 They aren’t enough big.
3A Read the sentences. Draw the things in the picture.
3 Have you got in them size 34?
There’s a newspaper on the chair and a shelf under the window. There’s a flower
4 How much they are?
on the shelf. There are two men on the left of the window.
5 That’s too very expensive.
6 I take them.
7 No, they’re all right. Thanks
anyway.
8 I’m not sure. I need think about it.

B W ork in pairs. Choose four of

the sentences above and write a
conversation in a shop.

C W ork in pairs. Role-play your

conversation.

B ID S VIDEO PODCAST
| . j D ow nload th e
a woman a bottle of water a sandwich keys I ^ I po d cast and view
■ ■ people describing
C W ork in pairs and take turns. A sk and answer yes/no questions about I t 1 th e ir ho m es.
your pictures.
A: Is there a sandwich on the table in your picture? Authentic
B: No, there isn’t. It’s on the shelf.
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
 UNIT 5
SPEAKING
1 Talk about your eating and
drinking habits
1 O rder a meal in a
restaurant
1 Descibe a special dish

LISTENING
1 Listen to people talk
about food
1 Learn to understand fast
speach
UNIT 1 Watch an extract from
a cookery programme
about a famous chef

READING
1 Read about eating and
drinking habits

W RITING
1 Use paragraphs to write
a short report about your
class
1 W rite a recipe

BBC CO N TEN T
§ Video podcast: W hat’s
your favourite dish?
O DVD: Rick Stein’s Seafood
Odyssey

food 00®

► MyFridge.com ► A lifetime in numbers ► Are you ready to order? ► A Chef In Goa

5.1 MYFRIDGE.COM
► G R A M M A R | nouns with alan.some.any I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | food/drink I ► H O W T O | talk about food/drink

VOCABULARY | food/drink

1 Look at the fridges A - C

and discuss.
1 Which fridge belongs to:
a) a student
b) a vegetarian
c) a family?
2 Is your fridge at home similar to fridge A,
B o rC ?

2A Look at the words in the box. Which

fridge are the things in? W rite fridge (A),
(B) or (C) next to each item.

eggs A milk a banana an apple

cola carrots chicken butter
water a cucumber sardines bread
wine grapes yoghurt leftovers
cheese fruit juice a hot dog

B W rite the words from the box in the

correct word w eb below.

chicken

meat

fruit

vegetables
T T

B SS S M W W U i 11111

C W ork in pairs and take turns. Look at

the fridges. Student A : say a type of food
or drink. Student B: say which fridge it’s in.
A: grapes
B: fridge C

ill* page 157 P H O TO B A N K

 5.1

GRAMMAR countable and uncountable nouns PRACTICE

7A Complete the text with a/an, som e
3A W rite the words from Exercise 2 A in the correct column below.
and any.
W hich word is always plural?

Words you can count Words you can’t count

Countable singular Countable plural Uncountable ‘ Hi e v e r y o n e ! I’m M a r i a

a banana eggs milk C o l l i n s a n d t h is is m y f r i d g e .
Some friends are coming for
Son
dinner and so m y fridge is really full.
B ® 5.1 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat, I've got 2 prawns and fresh
fish to cook on the grill and 3________
lint page 136 L A N G U A G E B A N K
corn on the cob. There’s 4________
bottle of mineral water, but I haven’t
PRACTICE got 5 alcohol - m y friends
4A Underline the correct alternative. don’t drink. I've got them 6________
fruit ju ice instead. There’s 7________
1 Ilove cheese/cheeses. 4 I don’t like fruit/fruits.
lettuce to make a salad and
2 Ireally like hot dog/hot dogs. 5 I really don’t like milk/milks. 8 tomatoes.
3 Iquite like egg/eggs. 6 I hate vegetable/vegetables. I haven’t got 9 onions for the
salad - I don’t like raw onions. I’ve
B Change the food/drink words to make the sentences above true for
g o t IO cucum ber ... oh, no I
you. Then w ork in pairs and compare your answers. haven’t. W here’s that cucum ber ... ?

W hen you write a noun in your notebook, write (C) for countable or (U)
for uncountable next to it, e.g. a steak (Q . W rite five new words from the
photo bank on page 157 in your notebook. W rite (C) or (U) next to them.

B Think about w hat’s in your fridge.

LISTENING W rite two types of fruit, two vegetables
and two drinks that are in the fridge.
5A (£) 5.2 Listen and match each person with fridge A , B or C.
C W ork in pairs and take turns. A sk your
partner questions and guess w hat’s in your
partner’s fridge.
A: Have you got any milk?
B: Yes, I have! Are there any apples in your
fridge?
A: No, there aren’t. Have you got any
oranges?
I Luis _____________ 2A m y ______ 3 Mike

B Listen again. W hat is each person surprised about?

SPEAKING
8A Complete sentences 1 - 6 about you.
GRAMMAR nouns with a/an, some, any
1 For breakfast, I sometimes have ...
6A ® 5.3 Listen and underline the correct alternatives in the 2 For lunch, I never have ...
sentences below.
3 In the evening, I usually drink ...
I’ve got a/some cheese and a/some cucumber and a/some carrots.
4 My favourite vegetable is ...
Of course, I haven’t got some/any meat.
5 My favourite fruit is ...
B Complete the table with a/an, som e and any. 6 I really hate (a type of food/drink)...

Countable B W ork in groups. A sk and answer

Countable plural Uncountable
singular questions. Find out if any students have
got similar eating habits to you.
W e’ve got apple eggs butter
A: What do you usually have
W e haven’t got banana oranges cheese for breakfast?
B: E r ... I often have museli.
lint page 136 L A N G U A G E B A N K
C: Do you? I usually have ...

□
1A Look at pictures A - K . W hat items
Hew much food does an average person eat
can you see? in a lifetime? And how much do they drink?
The answer is A LOTH!
2 Do you eat meat? Well, an average meat-eater eats1 sheep in
their lifetime and 2 chickens. Does that sound quite a lot?The good
news is that he or she only eats 3 cows. If you're a vegetarian,
maybe you like beans? Well, on average, British and American people eat
cans of baked beans in their life.

And why is weight a problem for so many people? How many

cookies does the average American eat?The answer is an amazing
. And chocolate? Over 6 bars!

And how much water or tea do people drink in their lifetime? It's
interesting that a person drinks about 7 litres of water and
people in the UK drink about 8 cups of tea Maybe ^
surprising that people use • ro||s of toilet paper a yearlThat's
about in their lifetime!

B Match pictures A - K to the words in the

box below.

bar A bottle bag cup can/tin

packet jar tube mug carton roll

C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student

A : point to one of the items above and say
what it is. Student B: says the container.
A: A. It’s chocolate.
B: a bar o f chocolate

GRAMMAR how much/many, quantifiers

READING 4A Complete the sentences below. Use the article above to help.
2A W ork in pairs. How do you say the 1 ______________ food does an average person eat in a lifetime?
numbers in the box below? 2 ______________ cookies does the average American eat?

B Look at the sentences above. Underline the correct alternatives to

4Vi 2 1 61 845 1,200 4,300
10,000 35,000 60,000 75,000 complete the rules.

Rules:
B ® 5.4 Listen and check. Then listen
1 Use how much with countable/uncountable nouns.
again and repeat.
2 Use how many with countable/uncountable nouns.
3A Read the article. Complete it with
numbers from Exercise 2A.
C Match the words below with pictures A - D .
B ® 5.5 W ork in pairs and compare your
answers. Then listen and check. not many a lot/lots none quite a lot

C W ork in pairs and discuss the questions.

1 Which food in the article do you eat a lot?
Which do you never eat?
2 W hat other food and drink do you eat or
drink a lot?
mi* page 136 L A N G U A G E B A N K
 5.2

PRACTICE W RITIN G paragraphs

5A Complete the questions.
7A Look again at the article on page 50.
1 How many times does a six-year-old child laugh every day? Match topics a )- d ) below with paragraphs
2 How. milk does a person drink in their lifetime? 1 -4 .
3 How. shampoo do people use in their lifetime? a) drinks
4 H ow . words does a woman say in a day? b) introduction
5 How times does a person laugh every day? c) sweet food
6 How. friends does a person make in their lifetime? d) meat-eaters and vegetarians
7 How. toothpaste does a person use in their lifetime?
B Read the sentences below. Underline
8 H o w _________ words does a man say in a day?
the correct alternatives.
B W ork in pairs. Student A : turn to page 161 and find the answers to A paragraph is a group of words/sentences
questions 1 -4 . Student B: turn to page 162 and find the answers to about one/two main topic(s) or idea(s). It can
be short or long. W hen you finish the topic,
questions 5 - 8 .
start a new sentence/paragraph.
C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : ask one of your questions
and say both possible answers. Student B: listen and choose the correct C Read the text below. How many
answer. paragraphs can you make? Draw a line
A: How many times does a six-year-old child laugh every day? a) about between each one.

Healthy living
three hundred times or b) about a hundred times?
B: I’m not sure. I think a hundred times!

OW HEALTHY ARE W E? Do W e

H
SPEAKING
have a healthy lifestyle and a
6A W ork in groups. A sk and answer questions using the prompts good diet?The answer is some
below to complete the table. Use a lot/lots, quite a lot, not much/many, people do! H o w much
none and one extra piece of information in your answers. exercise do w e do? It’s
interesting to find out
In a week You Student 1 Student 2 Student 3
that many people do
biscuits / eat? Quite a Not many. A lot! 1 love
spo rt o r other exercise
lot. 5 -1 0 . 1-2. them!
tw o o r three times a
w e e k So, maybe it isn’t
fruit / eat?
surprising that w e drink
on average 2.5 litres of
w ate r a day! H o w about
vegetables / eat?
o u r diet? D o w e
like sw eet food?
W ell, lots o f people
water / drink?
love biscuits, but only tw o o f
us never eat them, It’s not so good that all
o f us like chocolate. Maybe w e ’re not so
coffee / drink?
w e think!

exercise / do?

A: How many biscuits do you eat in a week, Julio?

B: Not many. Maybe one or two.
A: How about you, Yumi?
D W rite a report about your group. Use
C: A lot! I love biscuits!
your notes from Exercise 6 A to help. W rite
B Discuss. W hich students have a good diet/healthy lifestyle? three or four paragraphs.
I think Julio has a good diet because he eats a lot o f vegetables.

□
5.3 ARE YOU READY TO ORDER?
I ► F U N C T I O N | ordering in a restaurant I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | restaurant words ► L E A R N T O | understand fast speech ^

VOCABULARY restaurant words

1 A W ork in pairs and discuss. W here do you go when

you want to:
1 have a drink with a friend in the afternoon?
2 eat something fast before you go to the cinema?
3 have an evening meal in a good restaurant?

There’s a very good cafe in ... called ...

B W ork with another pair and compare your ideas.

2 Match each word to its meaning.

1 menu a) you pay this at the end
2 chef b) he/she brings the food
3 dish c) food cooked in a special way
4 bill d) a list of food with prices
5 order e) he/she cooks
6 tip f) ask for food
7 waiter/waitress g) extra money for service

FUNCTION ordering in a restaurant

3A Look at the phrases a ) - j). W here do you usually

hear them? W rite restaurant (R) or fast food restaurant
(FF).
a) Would you like something to drink? R
b) Small, medium or lar^ge?
c) Can we have the bill, please? 5A Complete the conversation with words in the box.
d) Are you ready to order?
e) Is that eat in or takeaway? ttke can for any ’d could
f) Thanks. Have a nice day!
like
g) Tonight’s special is ... A: Good evening. Would youjsomething to drink?
h) Afternoon. W hat can I get you?
B: Yes, we have two colas and some water, please?
i) Large fries with that?
j) Good evening. A table for two? A: Fine. Are you ready to order?

k) Anything else? B: Yes. W e like the fish and the chicken.

B © 5 .6 Listen and tick the phrases you hear. A: Would you like vegetables?

C Number the ticked phrases in order. Then listen again B: Yes, please.

and check. A: W e ’ve got carrots, peas and beans.

4A © 5 .7 Listen and complete the sentences below.
1 C o uld____________________ an orange___________ ?
2 C a n ___________________ a __________ of mineral__________?
3 __________like som e_________ , please.
B: I have some carrots and some peas?
C : The same me, please.
B W ork in pairs and practise the conversation.

4 T h e _________ fo r_________ , please. 6A © 5 .8 Listen to the customers in a restaurant. Are

B Listen again and check your answers. W hat do the
customers order?
ill* page 136 L A N G U A G E B A N K
they polite or impolite?
B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say customer
sentences from Exercise 5A . Be polite or impolite.
Student B: say if Student A is polite or impolite.

m
 B W ork in pairs and role-play the
situation. Student A : you are the customer.
Look at menu A on this page and order
your food. A sk the waiter about any dish
you don’t know.

Student B: you are the waiter. Look

at page 162. Answ er the customer’s
questions. Take his/her order.
B: Are you ready to order?
A: Can I ask about Today’s Specials? W hat’s
the Garden delight?

C Change roles. Student B: you are the

customer. Look at menu B on this page.
Student A : you are the waiter. Look at
page 161.

LEARN TO understand fast speech

8A © 5.9 Listen to the conversation in

a fast food restaurant. W hat does the man
order? Circle the correct answer.

SPEAKING
7A Look at the menus and discuss. W hich dishes would you like to try?
W hat food do you think is in today’s special dishes?

STARTER
Onion soup B Listen again. Tick the phrases you hear
Melon Tomato soup in Exercise 3A .
MAIN COURSE Italian style grilled vegetables
Roast lamb ^ sp eak o u t ^
Thai chicken with rice M A M I'OMIMK
i of the day with chips or new Cheese, tomato and
W hen one word finishes with a consonant

potatoes mushroom pizza

rved with seasonal vegetables
t o d a y ’s s p e c ia l s
Chef’s Sunday special
Garden delight
and the next word starts with a vowel, the
two words join and sound like one word,
Cheese, tomato, mushroom, e.g. good^evening, how much^is^it.
olive and ham pizza
Pasta of the day
Served with a side salad
C Look at the example below. Then

Summer mix underline the key stressed words in the

TODAX’a Ml-ICC fast food phrases in Exercise 3A . Draw

DESSERT
Apple pie with ice cream Spring special lines to show the linking.
or cream Fisherman’s platter Afternoon. What c a n j get you?
Chocolate cake Roman holiday
Fresh fruit D ® 5.10 Listen and check. Then listen
and repeat.

E W ork in pairs. Choose one long

sentence from audio script 5 .6 on page
170. Try to finish the sentence faster than
your partner.
 A CHEF IN GOA
DVD PREVIEW
1A W ork in pairs and discuss.
1 D o you like cooking?
2 W hat’s your favourite dish?
3 D o you like eating outside?
Why/Why not?
B Look at the photo and read the
text. Then answer the questions.
1 W ho is Rick Stein?
2 W hat type of food does he like?
3 Which place does he visit in the
programme!
Rick Stein’s
Seafood Odyssey
ick S te in is an E n g lish
R
chef who loves seafood. He
travels around the world to find
new dishes. H e also m eets and
talks to the people who cook them.
In this BBC programme, he visits
Goa on the West coast o f India.
buys som e local fish at the
market and oks a simple dish
on the beach.
► DVD VIEW
2A W atch the DVD. Tick seven things you see in the box below.
a market / fruit oil a boat the sea a pan a cat
meat spices fish vegetables a washing-up bowl
B Watch the DVD again and complete the sentences below with
words in the box.
cheap vegetables spices food eight
This is Goa - a place I’ve known and loved for the best part
of 1_________________ years.To buy_2_________________ here is *a real joy.
The variety of seafood,3_________________ , 4__________________is quite
^staggering and ^incredibly 5_________________ .
* a real joy - something that makes you very happy
‘ staggering-v e ry surprising | * incredibly - very very
C Match the verbs with pictures A - E .
stir C throw in squeeze drop turn over
D Look at Rick Stein’s instructions for cooking below. Number
them in the correct order.
a) Put some flour into a washing up bowl. I
b) C o o k for about three or four minutes.
c) Stir the fish around in some oil.
d) Put in some fish.
e) Squeeze some lime over the fish.
f) Drop the fish in the pan.
g) Add salt and spices.
h) Turn the fish over.
E W atch the DVD again and check your answers.

speakout a special dish
3A W ork in pairs. Two other students are coming for
dinner. Choose your ingredients from the list below:
• one kind of meat or fish
• two/three kinds of vegetables
• rice, pasta, noodles o r potatoes
• three eggs
• oil, salt, pepper, soy sauce, spices o r herbs
B W ork in pairs and discuss. W hat can you make
with your ingredients? Give your special dish a name.
4A ® 5.11 Listen to the students describe their dish.
W hat ingredients are in their dish?
B Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear.
keyphrases
The name of [this/our] dish is ...
It’s [very easy/quite difficult] to make.
You need some prawns, some eggs ...
It’s [delicious/not too hot].
You’ll love it!
C Prepare to tell your class about your dish. Use the
key phrases to help.
D Tell your class about your dish. Listen to the other
groups. W hich dish would you like to try?
B B C
w riteback a recipe
5A Read the student’s recipe. Would you like to try it?
It a lia n s p e c ia l
s e lv e s fo m k
Itujreriieftte: tujer prawns, a can of Italian
tomatoes, a Cage onion, a red pepper,
two celertj sticks and some fre.sk pasta.
0 fiandfu.1 of kerbs, some black, pepper and
some olive oil.
First, cut tke vegetables into small pieces.
Tken beat tke oil in a wok or a fnjin^ pan.
K)exst drop in tke vegetables and fig tkern
for about two minutes. Odd tke, prawns,
tomatoes, pepper and kerbs. Cook for
about two minutes, ffeat some water in
a pan and tken add tke pasta. Cook for
tkree minutes, finally, take tke pasta out
of tke water and mi)c witk tke sauce. Serve
it immediately witk some salad. It takes
about twenty minutes to make andgou'lt
love it!
B Look at the linkers underlined. Which ones can
change places?
C W rite the recipe for your special dish from Exercise
4D . Remember to use linkers.
5.5 « LOOKBACK

FOOD CONTAINERS IN A RESTAURANT

1A Read the clues below and 3A Find twelve words for 5A W ork in pairs. Look at the
complete the food words. containers. menu for a new restaurant. W rite a

MENU
1 It’s green, it’s a fruit and it starts description of dishes 1-3 .
with ‘a’, apple
2 It’s a drink and it starts with ‘m’.
S'-
i f r*
3 It’s a vegetable and it starts with C
‘cu’. ________ £ CT King’s delight:
3 a>
4 It’s a fruit, it’s yellow and it starts U 3
with ‘b’. ________
5 It’s sweet and it starts with ‘i’.

6 It’s white, it’s got four letters and it
starts with ‘r ’. ________
B W rite four more sentences to
test your partner.
It’s a drink and it starts with ...
C W ork in pairs and take turns.
"■ 'l
/ 2 Winter warmer:
B W ork in pairs and take turns.
Student A : start the phrase with a
container. Student B: complete the
phrase with the correct item.
3 Light 5 tasty:
A: A cup o f ...

Student A : read out your sentences. 8: A cup o f coffee

Student B: say the name of the
food.
NOUNS WITH A/AN, SOME, ANY
2A Look again at the three
fridges on page 4 8 . Complete the
sentences below so that they are
true. Use be and a/an, som e or any.
1 There isn’t any milk in Mike’s
fridge.
2 T h e re ________ carrots in Am y’s
fridge.
3 T h e re ________ eggs in Luis’s fridge.
4 T h e re ________ beer in Luis’s or
Mike’s fridge.
5 T h e re ________ cucumber in A m y’s
fridge.
6 T h e re ________ water in Am y’s
fridge.
B W rite four questions about the
things in the fridges.
Is there any chicken in M ike’s
fridge?________________________________
HOW MUCH/MANY
4A W rite the questions in full.
1 How / water / drink every day?
How much water do you drink
every day?
2 How / chocolate / eat / every
week?
3 How / brothers / have got?
4 How / people / be / there in your
family?
5 How / sugar / have / in your
coffee?
6 How / cola / drink / every week?
7 How / rooms / be / there in B W ork in groups and role-play
the restaurant situation. One
your flat/house?
8 How / salt / like / in your food? student: you are the waiter. Tell the
group the names of the dishes. The
B Answ er the questions in other students: ask about the dishes
Exercise 4 A with numbers or phrases. and order some food.
4 glasses, 2 bars, 3 ... A: Good evening. Are you ready to
order?
C W ork in groups. Try to guess
B: Nearly. Can I ask ...
the question for each number or
phrase. B B S VIDEO PODCAST

□©
A: Eight Download the
6: How many rooms are there in podcast and view
your flat? people describing
A: Yes! food and w hat dishes
they like/dislike.

C W ork in pairs. A sk and answer A u t h e n t ic

questions. www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
 UN IT 6
SPEAKING
1 Describe your favourite
childhood things
1 Talk about past events
1 Interview a special
person

LISTENING
> Hear about famous
people’s favourite things
> Learn to keep a
conversation going
UNIT 1 Watch an extract from a
documentary about

Mk
m . m
a famous dancer

READING
1 Read about ‘time twins’

WRITING
1 Link sentences with
because and so
1 W rite your life story
1 W rite a profile
about a special person

BBC CO N TEN T
@ Video podcast: Did you go
out last night?
© D V D : The Culture Show
6 .1I FAVOURITE THINGS
► G R A M M A R | was/were ► V O C A B U L A R Y | dates and time phrases ► H O W T O | talk about the past

SPEAKING
1A W ork in pairs and discuss. W hat do
you know about the famous people in
photos A - F ?
Shizuka Arakawa is a Japanese figure skater.
She is also an Olympic gold medalist.

B Match the famous people ( A - F ) with

their favourite childhood things. Use your
dictionary to help with new words.
1 Karate and radio-controlled cars C
2 Ballet and swimming____
3 Football and the film Gladiator____
4 The piano and Harrison Ford ____
5 Writing poems and dancing ____
6 John Cleese and Charlie Chaplin ____

C ® 6.1 Listen and check your answers.

GRAMMAR waslwere
2A Find and underline the verbs in the
sentences below. A re the verbs in the
present or the past?
1 His favourite sport was football.
2 His favourite actors were John Cleese and
Charlie Chaplin.

B Complete the past table below.

Present

Shakira is Colombian,
Her C D s are very popular.

Past

She born in 1977.

Her favourite writing poems
activities and dancing.

C Look at the sentence below and

complete the rule.
Skating wasn’t her favourite sport.

Rule: make the negative with was/were

+ .

D Make the sentence below into a question.

He was a quiet boy.
?
ill#-page 138 L A N G U A G E B A N K

F Rowan Atkinson gn
 6 .1

PRACTICE VOCABULARY dates and time phrases

3A © 6.2 Listen to the sentences. Are 6A © 6 . 4 Listen and underline the years you hear.
they in the past or present? W rite past (P)
1 1999/ 1990 3 1987/1997 5 1941/1951
or now (N).
2 2010/2003 4 2000/2002 6 1872/1972
1 3 5 7__
2 ___ 4 6 8__ B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say one of the years above.
Student B: point to the year.
B © 6.3 Listen and write the four
sentences you hear. C Take turns to say the months of the year.

1 _________________________________________________ A: January

2 __________________________________________ B: February

3 _________________________________________________ 7A Match the dates A - H with the special occasions below. There are
4 ___________________________________ two extra dates.

C Listen again and underline the stress in a su n n s

each sentence.

D Circle the w eak forms of was /waz/ and

3 2 31 1
were /wa/ in the sentences. Then practise F MfrHihH;! H I d T L lim i
G S M B

7 25 4
saying the sentences.

4A Write the questions with prompts 1 -6 .

1 you / born before 1995?
14
1 Christmas Day ____ 4 Halloween _____
Were you born before 1995?
2 New Year’s D a y 5 World Health D a y _____
2 you / born in July?
3 Valentine’s D a y 6Independence Day (USA) _____
3 you / a very quiet child?
4 you / afraid of the dark when you were a B © 6 . 5 Listen and check your answers.
child?
C Listen again. W rite how you say these dates.
5 your first English teacher / a man?
6 your parents / childhood friends? 2 5 th December or D ecem ber 25th.
7 your grandfather / born in another
country? the 1st ofjanuary or January______1st.
8 your grandmother / a doctor or a nurse?
D W rite the numbers.
B W ork in groups. A sk and answer the
Is t first 4th 2 1 st .
questions above.
A: Were you born before 1995? 2nd_____________________ 5th 22 nd.
B: Yes, I was. I was born in 1985. 3rd____________________ 12th 30th

8 W ork in pairs. Student A : go to page 165. Student B: go to page 160.

SPEAKING 9A Complete the time phrases below with the words in the box.
5A W hat were your favourite childhood
things? Think of examples for each of the yesterday on in ago last
categories below:
1 yesterday morning, afternoon, evening
• music/band
2 ______________________ night, Friday, weekend, week, month, year
• activity/sport
3 ______________________ Saturday, Sunday, 12th June
• T V programme/film
4 ______________________ July, 1997,2009
• food/drink
5 a week, ten days, ten minutes______________________
• person/people

B Choose five of the time phrases and write past sentences. Make them
B W ork in pairs and compare your ideas.
true for you.
A: Who was your favourite person?
I was at home last night.
B: M y favourite person was my uncle
Luciano. H e was really funny. C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say one of your past events,
but don’t say when it was. Student B: guess the time phrase.
A: I was with some friends.
B: On Saturday?
A: Yes. That’s right!
6.2 TIMETWINS
► G R A M M A R | past simple | V O C A B U L A R Y | common verbs | ► H O W T O | talk about your life

READING
1A Look at the photos and discuss. W here do you think
the women are from ? W hy are they time twins?

B Read about their lives. Then put the paragraphs in the

correct order.

C ® 6 .6 Listen and check your answers.

D Find two things that are the same and two things that
are different between Lia and Carol.
They were bom on the same day.

GRAMMAR past simple

2A Read the life stories again and circle the past form of
the following regular verbs: like, move, want, start, live,
work, visit, stop. Lia was born in Yugoslavia on the 14th of July 19 3 1.

B Look at the verbs above and complete the rule.

She had sugar for lunch and dinner every day for
three years.
Rule: Make the past simple of regular verbs by adding
or to the verb.
She got married at twenty-five. She didn’t have any
C ® 6.7 Listen to the pronunciation of the regular verbs children, but children always liked her.
below and write them in the correct place in the table.
In 1969, she moved to Lake Balaton in Hungary and
finished loved hated travelled practised decided made a lot of money selling ice cream with her sister.
She bought a house with the money, and now she
rents room s there.
it / /d/ /id/

finished She wanted to go to university, but there was no money,

so she started working in a sugar factory at seventeen.
D W rite the past form of the irregular verbs below. Use
the life stories to help.
She lived in a small village and w ent to school when
I have had
she was seven. In 1944, her family moved from
get (married).
Yugoslavia to Hungary because of the war.
m ake_________
buy___________
P R A C T IC E
g o ____________
m eet_________ 3A Complete the sentences with the past form of the
verb in brackets.
E Complete the sentences with the negative form. Then
I She lived _ in the city and always
complete the rule. to w ork (live/walk) C
1 Lia. . any children,
The family _ _____________five days to get there, (travel)
2 Carol her children.
Every day after work, sh e _________________ for the five
children, (cook)
Rule: Make the negative by adding. before the verb. T h e y___________ her because she to
them, (love/listen)
II# page 138 L A N G U A G E B A N K
T h e y_______________ _ their shop in 1969. (open)
She________________ being on the radio, (enjoy)
i i 1 sp eakoi TIP
She________________ w ork when she was sixty-six. (stop)
The Longman WordWise Dictionary shows the past tense of
a verb, e.g. begin (began). In your notebook, always write 8 She to sell a lot of ice cream, (try)
(REG) for a regular verb or the past form for an irregular
B W rite which sentences are about Lia (L) and which are
verb. Do this now with find, finish, win and die.
about Carol (C).

Carol was born in the USA on the 14th of July 1931.
In 2002, they bought a house by the sea and now their
children come and visit them.
She went to a school for child actors in New York and
at eight years old she had her own radio programme.
Later, she worked in a bookshop in New York. She
met her husband there in 1951. They got m arried and
had five children.
For a few years, she stopped going to school and
studied at home with her mother. She became a
well-known radio actress.
In the 1990s, she didn’t see her children very much
because they lived abroad. She and her husband
visited them sometimes.
4A Complete the sentences with the past form of the
verbs in brackets.
1___ I ________________ a car. (not have)
2 I ________________ a lot of sport, (do)
3 I ________________ a lot of junk food, (eat)
4 I ________________ to a great concert, (go)
5 I ________________ a new mobile phone, (buy)
6 I ________________ English, (not speak)
7 I ________________ friends, (visit)
8 I ________________ English classes, (start)
B Make the sentences above true for you last year.
C W ork in pairs and compare your sentences. Find
three things that are the same.
VOCABULARY common verbs
5A Read the texts again and underline six verbs in the
past tense that you use for telling a life story.
Lia was bom in Yugoslavia ...
B Look at the irregular verbs on page 127 and find the
past tense of these verbs: begin, find, g ro w up, leave,
learn, lose, win.
6 Look at the sentences. W hat’s different about the
present and past question forms?
1 Do you live in New York?
2 Did you live in New York when you were a child?
lint page 138 L A N G U A G E B A N K
7A Think about a friend you don’t see now. Complete
the questions below. Use the information in brackets
to help.
1 W here and w hen _________________ ? (you / meet)
2 W h y __________________each other? (you / like)
3 _________________ a lot of things together? (you / do)
4 How often__________________to each other? (you / speak)
5 W h e n __________________him/her? (you / last / see)
6 W h a t__________________then? (you / do)
B W ork in pairs. A sk and answer the questions above.
SPEAKING
8A Think of three important events in your life.
2 0 0 7 - met my wife, ...
B W ork in pairs and talk about the important events in
your lives.
A: 2 0 0 7 was a great year.
B: Why?
A: I met my wife!
W RITIN G because and so
9A Complete the sentences with because or so.
1 Carol loved acting,_________________ she went to a school
for child actors.
2 Lia started working in a sugar factory__________________her
family was poor.
B Complete the sentences about your life.
1 A t school I liked , so I _________________ .
2 I started studying English because_________________ .
C W rite your life story in 100 words. Remember to use
and, but, because and so.
EO
 VOCABULARY weekend activities

1 W ork in pairs and discuss. W hat’s your favourite day

of the week? W hy? W hat do you do on that day?
A: Why is Saturday your favourite day?
8: Because I can stay in bed all morning!

2A Look at the word w ebs and cross out the phrase

which does not go with the verb.

shopping to the gym

a football match a D VD

swimming pool clubbing

TV a newspaper

FUN CTIO N making conversation

a computer game golf 3A (►) 6 .8 Listen to the conversation and
underline the correct alternative.

play 1 Isabel went for a walk/to the park.

2 She went with a girlfriend/her boyfriend.

the internet the piano 3 Marek watched/played football.

4 Marek’s team won/lost.

B Look at the phrases. Write

to a hotel at home question (Q ), answer (A), or show
interest (I) next to each phrase.
stay 1 Did you have a good weekend? Q
a walk a restaurant 2 How was your weekend?

with some in bed 3 Not bad/OK.

friends 4 Nothing special.
5 W hat did you do?
a coffee a meal 6 It was great/terrible!
7 W ho did you go with?
8 That sounds nice/good/interesting
B Look at the word webs again. Tick which activities you /terrible.
sometimes do at the weekend. Put a cross for activities
9 W here did you go?
which you never do.
10 Really?
C Add another activity you often do to each word
web above. C Listen again. Tick the phrases above you
hear.
D W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : use the
lint page 138 L A N G U A G E B A N K
verbs above and ask five questions about last weekend.
Student B: answer the questions.
A: Did you go out with friends?
8: No, I didn’t
A: Did you stay at home?
6; Yes, all Sunday!

m
4A Complete A ’s part of the conversation. 6A Complete the conversation with questions and extra
A: How / your weekend? How was your weekend? information. Use your own ideas.
B: It was terrible. A: Did you go to Atsuko’s party?

A: Why? W hat / do? B: Yes, I did. It was 1_______________ !

B: W e went to the Saint Patrick’s Day Festival. In Dublin. A: How many 2_______________ ?

A: Sound / good. / W ho / go with? B: Oh, a lot of people. They were all v e ry 3_______________ .

B: Zena and Huan. They’re students in my class. A: That sounds 4_______________ ! W hat tim e 5_______________ ?

A: So, why / it terrible? B: After midnight. I left 6_______________ . W hen I got home,
I 7____________ .
B: It rained all weekend! W e just stayed in the hotel!
A: Aren’t you tired now?
A: Really? That / shame.
B: Not really. I 8 , so I’m not very tired.
B W ork in pairs and take turns. A sk and answer
questions about your weekend. Use your own ideas and B W ork in pairs and practise the conversation.
the photos to help. C W ork in groups and take turns to say your
conversation. Listen to the other pairs. Did everyone like
Atsuko’s party?
LEARN TO keep a conversation going
5A Look at the extract. How many pieces of information
does Isabel give in her answ ers? W hy? SPEAKING
Marek: W hat did you do? 7A Imagine that you had a perfect/terrible weekend.
Isabel: I went for a walk. It was great! W rite answers to questions 1 -4 .
Marek: That sounds nice. W ho did you go with? 1 W here did you go?
Isabel: With my boyfriend, Diego. He’s a football player. 2 W ho did you go with?
Marek: Oh. W here did you go? 3 W hat did you do?
Isabel: The river. It was really beautiful. 4 W hy was it perfect/terrible?

B Underline the extra piece of information in Isabel’s B W ork in groups. Take turns to tell each other about
answers above. your weekend. Remember to show interest and to give
extra information.
^ sp eak o u t A: How was your weekend?
B: Terrible. I had an awful weekend.
To have a good conversation, ask follow-up
questions after your first question. When you C: Really? Why?
answer, give extra information.
 CARLOS ACOSTA
DVD PREVIEW
1A Read the text and answer the questions. W hat
does Carlos Acosta do? W here is he from?
The Culture Show
T
he Culture Show is
an arts programme
w hich profiles people
from the world of theatre,
m usic and dance. T his
•> p rogram m e is ab out
Carlos Acosta - a famous
dancer. He was born in
i Havana, but travels the
V A world with his dancing.
1 u J In the program m e he
talks about h is hom e cou n try and how
important it is to him. He also talks about
his family and childhood.
B W ork in pairs and discuss. How are the photos
connected to Carlos Acosta’s life?
► DVD VIEW
2A Watch the DVD. W ere any of your ideas about
Carlos Acosta correct?
B W atch again. Number the events in Carlos
Acosta’s life in the correct order.
a) He was born and grew up in Havana. 1
b) He was a champion break-dancer.
c) He won four dance competitions.
d) He often missed school.
e) He became famous.
f) He saw the Cuban National Ballet.
g) He travelled to Europe.
h) His father sent him to ballet school.
C Read what Acosta says about Cuba. Underline the
correct alternatives.
Cuba is always going to be my home. In my 1head/
heart, that’s the only country, you know, because
that’s where all my Relatives/friends are, my
memories, you know, and this is the only place I’m
never going to b e 3afraid/a foreigner. You learn how
to 4speak/dance f rst, then you learn how to 5speak/
dance, you know, in Cuba. It’s something that’s been
passed on through generation to generation. And it’s
also, you know, the 6weather/heat and the tropic, and
the 7sea/beach and ... it’s almost that’s what, er, it’s
asking for, dance and music and ^happiness/love.
D Watch the DVD again and check your answers.
speakoutan interview w riteb ack a profile
3A W ork in pairs. Think of a hero or someone 4A Read the profile about Baruti and number the
you admire, e.g. a famous person, a friend or paragraph topics in order.
someone in your family. Tell each other about the a) A life-changing experience
person. W hy is he/she important to you? b) His early life 1

B ® 6 .9 Listen to an interview with Baruti c) W hy I admire him

Kaleb. W hat is one special thing about him? d) His work

C Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear.

A Special Person: baruti Kaleb

keyphrases
1 ©aruti kaleb was born in Johannesburg in \%1. He was
Interviewer:
■the fourth of eleven children. His father was a teacher and
Can I ask you about [your childhood/mother/
his mother worked as a cleaning woman for rich people.
first w ife/...]?
2 When baruti was at school, one of his friends lost his
W here/W hen did you [decide to/first
parents, and moved to an orphanage because he had
m eet/...]?
no other family members to live with, ©aruti visited
That’s very interesting.
his friend at the orphanage and felt very sorry for the
W hat’s your favourite [film/book/band/...]?
children there. f>o he decided to work with orphans, to
Are there any questions [from the audience/ try to give them a good life.
f o r ...]?
3 ©aruti met his wife Lerato in Iqgl, and they got
Interviewee: married in ifTO. They opened an orphanage in near
That’s a good question. Johannesburg, and they still work together. They started
Let me think about that. with eleven children and now they have si^ty-three
children living in the orphanage.
4 ©aruti is a hero for me because he gives his life to
D W ork in pairs. Choose one of the special
helping children. He is an amaiing man and I admire his
people from Exercise 3B and make a list of
work very much.
questions to ask them. Then write your interview.

E W ork in groups and take turns. O ne pair:

role-play your interview. O ther students: make B W rite a profile of a special person from Exercise
notes about the answers and ask follow-up 3B. W rite about the events in his/her life and say
questions. why you admire him/her.
6.5 « LOOKBACK

WAS/W ERE DATES AND TIME PHRASES PAST SIMPLE

1A Put the words in the correct 2 Complete time phrases a )- h ) so 4A Make the sentences true for you.
order. they mean the same as phrases 1 -8 . Use the positive and negative form of
the verb.
1 was / w ork / I / afternoon / at /
yesterday
Today is Monday 7th June, 2011. I I __________________lunch yesterday.
2 six / W here / o’clock / at / you /
Vicky is twenty-three. (miss)
were? 1 When she was twenty^ 2 I some friends at
3 evening / my / was / at / I / 2 On Sunday afternoon the weekend, (meet)
Wednesday / friend’s / on 3 Last month 3 I ________________ English yesterday
4 at / were / shops / you / the / evening, (study)
4 4th June
When? 4 I ________________ very well last
5 A week ago
5 half / you / W ere / home / at / night, (sleep)
6 Yesterday
twelve / at / past? 5 I ________________ breakfast for
7 In January

iiiiitirttttft
B Look at the table below. W here
were you yesterday? Fill in the table.
myself this morning, (make)
8 Last year
6 I ________________ to this lesson by
a) Three years_________ago car. (come)

b) __________________afternoon B W ork in pairs and compare your

c) _________________May
y e ste rd a y d) _________________Friday
e) _________________week
&-4S At home
f) _________________ 6th June
answers. Add an extra piece of
information.
/ didn’t miss lunch yesterday. I had a
sandwich in the park.

g) five months________________
11.50 PAST SIMPLE QUESTIONS
h) ___________ 2010
5A Look at the sentences and

H
3A W rite three things you can: write questions to ask your partner.
10-00 eat a hamburger. Add two of your own questions.
1 He/She was born in a hospital.

■
a
Were you born in a hospital?
C W ork in pairs and take turns.
read 2 He/She grew up in a city.
A sk and answer questions about
Did you grow up in a city?
yesterday. Fill in the table when
your partner says yes. 3 He/She usually walked to school
1 1
when he/she was ten.
visit 4 He/She went abroad every
f i u t r i m m t - summer when he/she a child.

y e s te rd a y E i 5 He/She played a lot of sports at

school.
watch
&-4S 6 He/She liked mathematics at
*0 school.
7 __________________________________ ?
11.50
buy_ 8 ?

10-00
6s B W ork in pairs and take turns to
ask and answer the questions.
play_
B ID S VIDEO PODCAST
A: Where were you at 8.45 yesterday? D ow nload th e po dcast
8: / was at home. B W ork in pairs and take turns. and v ie w people
A: Were you in bed? Use the lists above to ask and talking ab o u t going
answer questions. o u t and w h a t th e y did
6: Yes, I was. / No, I wasn’t.
A: When did you last eat a last night.
hamburger?
B: Last month./A week ago./When I
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
was eighteen.
 UN IT 7
SPEAKING
1 Talk about how you like to
travel
1 Compare places, transport,
hotels and holidays
1 Plan and talk about a long
journey
1 Give directions in the street
1 Describe a town/city you
know

LISTENING
UNIT 1 Understand directions

7
1 Watch an extract from
a travel show about
Buenos Aires

READING
1 Read an article about a bus
ride from London to Sydney

W RITING
1 Check and correct
information about a holiday
1 W rite a short article
about a town/city

BBC CO N TEN T
0 Video podcast: How was
your last holiday?
© D V D : Holiday 10 Best

holidays

► Travel partners ► The longest bus ride ► Can you tell me the way? ► Buenos Aires
7.1 TRAVEL PARTNERS
► G R A M M A R | c o m p a r a t iv e s I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | tra v e l I ► H O W T O | c o m p a r e p la c e s a n d h o lid a y s

VOCABULARY travel SPEAKING

1A W ork in pairs. W hat places/things can you see in 2A Do the travel quiz below. Circle your answers.
the photos? Make a list of adjectives to describe them.
B W ork in pairs and compare your answers. A re you
Train: fast, comfortable ...
good travel partners? W h y/W h y not?

B Match the adjectives in column A with the opposites in

column B. TRAVEL Q U IZ

A B
Going on holiday this year? Do the quiz
gOOd n o is y and find your perfect travel partner...
fa s t e m p ty

c ro w d e d k bad
1 H o w do you like to travel?
e x p e n s iv e b o rin g a) By plane b) By train
hot cheap
2 W h e re d o you like to stay?
c o m f o r t a b le c o ld
a) In a hotel b) In a self-catering apartment
in t e r e s tin g u n c o m f o r t a b le

q u ie t s lo w 3 W hat d o you prefer to do?

a) G o sightseeing b) Relax on a beach
C © 7 .1 Listen and underline the stressed syllable in
each adjective. Then listen again and repeat. 4 W h e n do you like to go?

crowded a) In spring b) In summer

D W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : choose one 5 W hat d o you like to eat?
of the photos A - D . Describe it using four adjectives from a) Local dishes b) The food I usually eat
Exercise 1B. Student B: guess the photo.
6 W hat do you like to do in th e evening?
A: It’s really comfortable and I think it’s expensive. It’s quite
big and it isn’t noisy. a) G o to a club b) G o to a restaurant

B: Photo D? 7 H ow long is yo u r p erfect holiday?

a) A w eek b) A month
 7.1

LISTENING SPEAKING
3A ® 7.2 Listen to two people doing the quiz. Answer the questions. 7A Write notes about a good/bad holiday
1 How many of their answers are the same? you went on. Think about the questions
2 Are they good travel partners? below and use the photos to help.
• W here/W hen did you go?
B Listen again. W rite man (M) and woman (W) next to the answers
• W ho did you go with?
in the quiz in Exercise 2A.
• W here did you stay? W as it good?
C W ork in pairs and discuss. Is the man or the woman a good travel • W hat did you do? Did you enjoy it?
partner for you? W h y/W h y not?
• W here did you eat? Did you like the food?
• W as it hot?
GRAMMAR comparatives • Did you like it more than your town/city?
W h y/W h y not?
4A Look at audio script 7.2 on page 171 and complete the sentences.
1 Flying is fast______________ going by train. B W ork in pairs. A sk and answer the
2 Summer is hot_______________spring. questions above.
3 A hotel is expensive an apartment. A: Where did you go?
B: I went to France ...
B ® 7.3 Underline the stressed words in the sentences above.
Listen and check. Then listen again and repeat.

C Complete the table.

short adjectives faster adjective +

long adjectives comfortable . + adjective

comfortable

better/
irregular adjectives good/bad
worse

lint page 140 L A N G U A G E B A N K

P R A C T IC E

5A W rite comparative sentences. Use the adjectives in brackets.

1 cafes, restaurants (expensive)

Restaurants are more expensive than cafes.

2 autumn, spring (romantic)
3 travelling by car, travelling by train (fast)
4 English, my language (easy)
5 shoes, trainers (comfortable)
6 water, coffee (good for you)
7 book, magazine (interesting)
8 city, beach (relaxing)

B W ork in pairs and compare your answers.

6A Choose two places you know, e.g. cities, cafes, nightclubs.

W hich one do you like more? W rite two sentences about each place
using comparatives.
I like Edinburgh more than London because it’s friendlier and cheaper.

B W ork in pairs and take turns. Tell each other about your places.
A: I like Edinburgh more than London.
B: Why?
A: It’s friendlier and cheaper.
7.2 THE LONGEST BUS RIDE
► G R A M M A R | superlatives
VOCABULARY places
1A Work in pairs. Look at photos A - E .
Which of the things in the box can you see?
a mountain abridge a village a lake
a river a jungle a city a market
a famous building a desert
B W ork in pairs. Look at the words in the
box above and write an example for each
word. Use your country if possible.
A mountain: Mount Velino (Italy)
El
> V O C A B U L A R Y | places ► H O W T O | talk about a journey
I OZBUS
travel from London to Sydney
The O ZBU S is the longest bus ride in the world
and the ultimate journey for backpackers.
In twelve w eeks it travels 16 ,0 0 0 kilometres
through twenty different countries.
'Most people fly from London to Sydney at 4 0 ,0 0 0 feet and
never see anything,' says Mark Creasey from Ozbus. 'On the
Ozbus people can see the most beautiful places in the world.
W e go across Europe, through Turkey, India, China, Malaysia
and Australia. W e travel through deserts, mountains and
jungles - it's amazing.'
Jeff Lane travelled on the Ozbus last summer. 'The best
thing was the Taj Mahal,' he said. 'The most exciting place was
the tiger reserve in the Himalayas, and I really enjoyed visiting
the base camp of Mount Everest.' And what were the worst
things? 'Well, in Tehran the bus broke down and we waited a
whole day for a new one. That wasn't so good. And I didn't
always enjoy camping at night. Sometimes I wanted to stay
somewhere more comfortable!'
The Ozbus takes up to forty people of all ages. At night,
LJ
the passengers usually stay in cam ps or som etim es in small
hotels. Everyone takes turns to buy food in local markets
and cook for the group.
The greatest journey in the world? Creasey thinks so: 'If you
want a truly awesome experience, then the Ozbus is for you.'
READING
2A Read the introduction to the article about the Ozbus and answer
the questions.
1 W hat is the Ozbus?
2 How many countries does it travel through?
B W ork in pairs. W hat else would you like to know about the O zbus?
W rite three questions using the words in the box to help.
countries price sleep people food sights
How many countries does it visit?
3A Read the article. Did you find the answers to your questions?
B Read the article again. A re sentences 1 -5 true (T) or false (F)?
1 The Ozbus travels through twelve countries in twenty weeks.
2 Ozbus passengers fly from London to Sydney.
3 Jeff Lane took the Ozbus in the summer.
4 He liked the Taj Mahal, the tiger reserve and camping.
5 Most Ozbus passengers are forty years old.
6 They stay in hotels and camps.
C Would you like to go on the O zbus? W h y/W h y not?
 P R A C T IC E

5A Make questions about the Ozbus trip. Use the

prompts below to help.
1 W hat / cold / place you visited?
What was the coldest place you visited?
2 W hat / hot / place?
3 W hat / friendly / place?
4 W hat / long / you travelled in one day?
5 W hat / beautiful / building you saw?
6 W hat / amazing /experience of the journey?

B Match answers a )- e ) with questions 1 -6 .

a) The Red Desert in Australia.
b) The Taj Mahal
c) Seeing a tiger
d) 400 kilometres
e) Mount Everest
f) I can’t say. W e met so many fantastic people.

C ® 7.5 Listen to a conversation with an Ozbus

passenger and check your answers.

SPEAKING
6A W ork in groups. Plan a long journey to another
country. Make a list of five places to visit: the most
exciting, the most beautiful, the highest, etc.

B Prepare to tell the class about your journey. Use

these phrases:
First we goto ... then we visit the oldest/most famous . . . i n ...

C W ork in pairs and take turns. Tell the class about your
journey. A sk and answer questions about each journey.
A: Where do you sleep at nighi?
GRAMMAR superlatives B: In small hotels.

4A Complete the sentences with words from the D Discuss. W hich journey is the most interesting?
article above.
1 The Ozbus is th e _____________ bus ride in the world.
W RITIN G checking and correcting
2 People can see th e _____________ beautiful places in the
world. 7A Read the student’s homework below. Find and
3 T h e _____________thing was the Taj Mahal. correct ten mistakes with:
• the spelling • past tense forms • singular and plural
B Underline other examples of superlatives in the article.
Then complete the table below. desert
On Saturday we wenb By Bus across bhejdesserb.
the 'We meeb a tob of peoptes. The peoptes in bhe
short
adjectives
great the greatest + adjective + yM ayes was friendtyer than in bhe ciby. Ab
niyhb we sbaid in a camp. Jb was nob yery
longer
exciting
comfbaBte, Bub ib was more cheaper bhan bhe
adjectives hobets. We Buyed a tt our food in bhe marheb.
irregular good
adjectives bad B W rite four sentences about your last holiday.

C W ork in pairs. Check each other’s sentences. Use the

C ® 7.4 Listen to the pronunciation of the in the list in Exercise 7 A to help.
sentences in Exercise 4 A . Then listen and repeat,
lint page 140 L A N G U A G E B A N K

□
7.3 CAN YOU TELL ME THE WAY?
^ F U N C T I O ^ ^ iv in ^ ir e c t io n ^ ^ ^ ^ V O C A B U ^ A T O ^ ^ I a c e ^ ^ ^ ^ L E A R N T ^ ^ h e d ^ n ^ o r r e c ^ ir e c t io n s

VOCABULARY places

1A Read the leaflet below and look at the photos A - C

W hat can you see and do in Brighton? Would you like
to go there? W h y/W h y not?

W
W EEUL A
C JO" M E ®

D n V ^HOVfc
AND unV E

g006 .value beacn and

and music an tQ visft
ft’s a poplar p
P .h a s wen got® * y
or stay. » da otto Boya'
royal palace, W '« o

pavilion.

3A Match directions 1 - 8 to diagrams A - H .

B Look at the map of Brighton and find
the places in the box below.

a bus station a theatre a car park

a Tourist Information centre a pier
a museum a clock tower
an art gallery a park a square
a library a swimming pool

FUNCTION giving directions

2A W ork in pairs and look at the map.
Find three different routes from the Clock
Tower to Brighton Pier.
B ( 0 7.6 Listen to the directions. Draw
the route on the map.
C Listen again and complete the dialogue.
Then listen and repeat.
A: Excuse me. Can you 1__________________me
the way to the 2 , please?
B: Yeah ... you 3__________________down W est
Street until the 4_________________
1 go straight on C 5 take the second right
2 turn left into North Street 6 go past the cinema
3 turn right into South Street 7 it’s on the right
4 go down W est Street until the end 8 it’s on the left
B ® 7.7 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat,
mi* page 140 L A N G U A G E B A N K
4A Choose two places in the box below. W rite directions to them from
the Clock Tower.
the Royal Pavilion the Museum and A rt Gallery the swimming pool
Church Street car park the Town Hall the Theatre Royal

A: Straight5_________________ ?
B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : Read your directions.
B: Yeah. And then turn 6__________________and
you’ll see the Pier. Student B: follow the directions. W here are you?

A: Thanks very much. C Give directions for two more places.

m
 ■
g Library
Swimming
Ice Pool
Rink
£a
£ o
Park
w
Church Street
£ %
w

Clock I
Tower^
Western Road

You are here

C a s t le S tr e e t
Q
D u k e S tr e e t

R egency M ew s R egency Road

o
O
T Shopping Centre
£
5) R u s s e ll R o a d B o y c e ’s S t.
E d w a r d S tr e e t

09

o The Brighton
3
S o u th S tr e e t

Centre

Kings Road Kings Road Grand Junction Road

Fishing
Beach Front
Museum to
S
c
o

OQ

LEARN TO check and correct directions 6 A ® 7.9 Look at the conversation extracts below.
Listen and underline the stressed words in B’s answers.
5A (£) 7.8 Find Church Street car park. Listen to the I A: The first right?
conversation and follow the directions. W here are you?
B: No, the third right.
B Read the extract and listen again. How does the A: So I turn left and then ...
woman check the directions? Underline the phrases B: No, you turn right.
she uses.
A: So I go past the Pavilion and ...
A: You go out of this car park and turn right. So that’s right
B: No, past the Pier.
into Church Street. Then take the third right, I think it’s
called New Road. A: It’s in Church Street.

B: The first right? B: No, it’s in Church Road.

A: No, the third right. And you go straight on until the end
B Listen again and repeat the man’s answers.
of the road and then turn left. After about one minute
you’ll see it on the left. You can’t miss it!
|sp eak o u t
B: So third right, erm, left at the end of the road and then ... ?
W hen you want to correct a mistake, you can use stress.
A: It’s on the left.
Remember to say the correct word higher |OU{j e r ancj
B: On the left. lo n ger.
Is it fifty-two High Street? No, it’s thirty-two.
C W ork in pairs. Student A : read
the part of A above, sentence by
C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : look at page
sentence. Student B: cover the
165. Student B: look at page 161.
extract. Listen to Student A .
and repeat to check you
understand. SPEAKING
A: You go out o f
this car park
7 W ork in pairs and take turns. Choose a starting point

and turn right. in your town/city that you both know. Student A : you are
a tourist. A sk for directions to three places. Check you
B: Turn right?
understand the directions. Student B: give directions and
correct the directions if necessary.

m
7.4 » BUENOS AIRES

DVD PREVIEW DVD VIEW

1A W ork in pairs. Look at the photos and answer the 2A W atch the DVD. Number the photos in the order
questions below. Nicki talks about them.
1 W hat can you see/do in Buenos Aires?
B Match the w ords/nam es below with descriptions
2 W hat sports are popular in Argentina? a )- f).
1 the Avenue 9th July
2 La Boca
3 Diego Maradona
4 the tango
5 polo
6 Argentinian beef
a) is one of the poorest parts of Buenos Aires
b) is the best in the world
c) is the widest street in the city
d) is a famous dance
e) is a sport you do on a horse
f) is one of the most famous football players in the world

C W ork in pairs and compare your answers.

D W atch the DVD again. Complete the extracts below

with the words in the box.

famous vegetables south football

widest meat emotion career

The twenty-lane Avenue 9th July is the 1______________

street on the planet and it cuts through the city from
north to 2_______________ .

B Read the text and check your answers The people of La Boca share one of Argentina’s
greatest passions: 3_______________ . La Boca is where
Diego Maradona, one of football’s leading legends,
BBG Holiday 10 Best began his 4_______________ .
n the last o f ten program m es looking at
IXexciting
exciting holidays.
holidays, Nicki Chanman
Chapman takes us on W e are also 5_______________ for the tango. People
a quick tour of Argentina’s capital. She starts her started dancing the tango in the 1800s. It’s a dance full
tour at the amazing Avenue 9th July, and then of passion and 6_______________ .
visits La Boca, where football legend D iego
M aradona sta rted You can t be a vegetarian, can you, with all this
his career. She also fantastic 7_______________? If you want, we have very
watches people dance good 8 here! Very social, isn’t it?
the tango, tries the
popular sport of polo W ork in pairs. Answ er the questions.
and eats some famous
Argentinian beef. W hat do you think are the two most interesting things to
do or to see in Buenos Aires?
Do you think Buenos Aires is a good place for a holiday?
W hy/W hy not?
speakout describe a town/city
4A W ork in pairs. Choose a tow n/city you
both know. Make a list of interesting facts and
information about it. Think about:
• general information, e.g. where it is, how big it is
• important places
• famous people
• special food/local dishes
B Prepare to tell other students about the
town/city. Use the key phrases to help.
keyphrases
W e want to talk about...
It’s [the capital city/an old town] ...
It’s got [a/some] ...
One of the most important places in ... is ...
Here you can see ...
A famous person from ... is ...
H e/She’s famous because ...
A typical food from [town/city] is ...
It’s a (very)... place. You can ... there.
C (►) 7.10 Listen to two students talk about
Rimini in Italy. W hich things from Exercise 4 A
don’t they talk about?
D Listen again and tick the key phrases you
hear.
E W ork in groups. Tell other students about the
town/city. W hich places would you like to visit?
w riteb ack a travel article
5A Read the description of Rimini below.
Divide the article into four paragraphs:
• a description of the place
• a famous person
• a typical food
• your opinion
imini is an old city on the Adriatic Sea
R in Italy. It's famous for its beautiful
beach and also for the cathedral and
the Arch of Augustus. The Rimini nightlife is
amazing. There are lots of places to dance
and have fun. One of the most famous
people from Rimini is the film director
Frederico Fellini. He made many films, for
example Amarcord, La Dolce Vita and La
Strada. His ideas for his films som etim es
cam e from his childhood in Rimini. A typical
food in Rimini is 'puntarelle'. This is a pasta
dish with fresh vegetables. It's very simple
but delicious. Rimini is also a good place
to eat fish. I like travelling, and I like going
to new places, but I go to Rimini every year
because I love the beaches and the nightlife.
B Now write an article of 8 0 - 1 0 0 words
about your tow n/city for a travel website. Use
the ideas and phrases from Exercise 4 and the
article above to help.
7.5 « LOOKBACK
COM PARATIVES
1A Look at the information about
two ways of travelling from Moscow
to Beijing below. W rite eight
sentences comparing them. Use
words in the box to help.
cheap fast expensive slow
crowded boring comfortable
interesting uncomfortable
exciting relaxing
Trans-Siberian Railway:
580 euros 2nd class,
7 days, 35 stops,
4 beds per compartment,
restaurant on train
C hina A irlines flight:
1,100 euros 2nd class,
7 hours 20 minutes, 0 stops,
2 meals, 2 movies
The train is cheaper than the plane.
B W ork in pairs and discuss.
W hich w ay of travelling from
Moscow to Beijing is better: the
train or plane? W hy?
V O C A B U LA R Y : PLACES
2 W ork in pairs. Look at the words
in the box below and find:
a mountain a village a city
a desert a jungle a lake
a market a river
1 two places where you can swim.
2 one place that has a lot of trees.
3 two places where people live.
4 one place where you can buy
things.
5 one place that’s hot in the day and
cold at night.
6 one place that’s very high.
□
SUPERLATIVES
3A Complete the quiz with
superlatives of the adjectives
in brackets.
C ity Q u iz
1 The friendliest (frie n d ly ) c ity
in the w o rld is:
a) Rio de Janeiro b) Cairo
c) Kuala Lumpur
2 T h e w o rld ’s _________________
(big) c ity is:
a) Seoul b) Mexico City
c) Tokyo
3 _________________(good) place to
live is:
a) Zurich b) Vancouver
c) Melbourne
4 _________________(safe) c ity in
the w o rld is:
a) Istanbul b) Singapore
c) Dublin
5 _________________ (beautiful) city
is:
a) Cape Town b) Sydney
c) Prague
6 _________________(po pu lar)
to u rist d estin atio n in the
w o rld is:
a) Spain b) The USA
c) France
7 _________________(fast)-g ro w in g
citie s in the w o rld a re in :
a) China b) Africa c) India
8 _________________(b u sy )
sh o p p in g street is in the
w o rld is in :
a) London b) Hong Kong
c) Shanghai
B W ork in pairs and do the quiz.
Then check your answers in the key.
C H E C K IN G A N D C O R R E C T IN G
4A Complete the sentences with
false information about you.
1 1 spell my name ...
2 I’m from ...
3 1 live in ...
4 My teacher is ...
5 1 like ...
B W ork in pairs and take turns.
Look at your partner’s information
and check statements with him/her.
A: So, you spell your name d-y-a-n-a.
B: No, my name’s Diana! I spell my
name d-i-a-n-a.
A: And, you’re from Poland.
B: No, I’m from France.
G IV IN G D IR EC T IO N S
5A Put the words in order. Start
with the underlined words.
1 Go / take / left. / and / down /
the / Grand / first / Avenue
2 on. / bank / Turn / and / right /
go / at / straight / the
3 turn / into / Park / right / Lane. /
Take / the / right / then / third
4 ’s / left. / on / Jt / the
5 straight / turn / road / end / on
/ right. / and / of / until / G o /
then / the / the
6 way / you / to / tell / the / Can /
me / supermarket? / the
B W ork in pairs and take turns.
Student A : think of a place near
where you are now. Give directions.
Student B: guess the place.
A: Go out o f the main entrance and
turn le f t ...
B ID S V ID E O P O D C A S T
□©
Download the podcast
and view people
talking about the
holidays they like and
w here they w ent on
their last holidays.
Authentic
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
 UN IT 8
S P EA K IN G
1 Talk about what people
are doing
1 Describe people’s
appearance
1 Ask for and give
recommendations
1 Talk about an event

L IS T E N IN G
1 Listen to a radio
programme about ideas
UNIT ^ of beauty

8
1 Watch an extract from
a documentary about an
English music festival

R EA D IN G
1 Read blog entries about
what people are doing now

W R IT IN G
1 W rite a blog about what
you are doing
1 W rite a review of an event

BBC CO N TEN T
§ Video podcast: W hat was
the last film you saw?
© D V D : Inside Out

now Q0®

c O C ® '1 qVO
8.1 IN THE PICTURE
► G R A M M A R | present continuous ► V O C A B U L A R Y | verbs + prepositions ► H O W T O | talk about the present

SPEAKING
1A Read the sentences. Underline the
alternative which is true for you.
1 I take photos every day/on holiday/only on
special occasions.
2 I take photos with my camera/my mobile/
my camera and my mobile. C an n es 1p m
3 I share photos with my family/my friends/
everyone.
4 I put my photos on a website/in a book/on
my computer.
5 My favourite subjects are people /places/
nature.

B W ork in pairs and compare your

answers.

GRAMMAR present continuous Singapore, 1p.m.

2A Look at the website page. Match

sentences 1 -5 below to photos A - E .
1 W e ’re listening to live jazz.
2 I’m cleaning up after the party. PRACTICE
3 I’m lying on the beach in Cannes.
3A Complete the sentences with verbs from the box.
4 Patrizia’s looking at paintings at the
Hermitage.
dance take read have swim chat feel make enjoy listen
5 He’s singing M y Way at a karaoke bar.
I Some people are dancing to the music. W e _______________to each other
B Underline the verbs in sentences 1 -5
and_______________the band.
above. Then complete the table.
2 People_______________ photos of the paintings.

I ly ing on the beach. 3 I about the film festival here in Cannes. Cath and Jim aren’t
here - they in the sea, I think.
We listen to live jazz.
4 Everyone to him sing - he’s fantastic! W e _______________a
He sing My Way.
really good time!

C Look at the sentences again and
underline the correct alternative to
complete the rule.
5 It’s a beautiful day, but I _______________ really tired. Karen_______________
some coffee and I really need it!
B Match photos A - E on the website page with sentences 1 -5 above.

Rule: Use the present continuous to talk
about your life every day/at this moment.
D © 8.1 Complete the questions with is
or are. Then listen and check.
1 W h a t______you doing?
2 W h a t______he singing?
E Listen again and underline the stressed
words. Then listen and repeat.
C W ork in pairs. Cover the sentences above. A sk and answer questions
about the people from the website.
A; W hat’s he doing? What are they doing?
B: H e ’s ...
D W ork in pairs and take turns. W rite the names of three people you
know. W hat do you think they are doing at the moment? Tell your
partner.
M y friend Julia lives in Sydney. I think she’s getting up now or maybe she’s
having breakfast.

m#> page 142 L A N G U A G E B A N K

tp sp e a k o u t

Practise English in your head. W hen you do something, think of the

sentence, e.g. I’m walking, I’m doing my homework, I’m washing my hands ...

□
 8.1

READING
6 Read the two blogs from W hatRUdoing.com. W rite
the number of the missing sentences from Exercise 3 A in
the correct places.

Next Blog »

Ju le s
I'm having a great time here. I'm staying with my
two best friends from college. I last sa w them five
St Petersburg, 3p.m. ye a rs ago. They're still the sam e - just a bit older.
At the m om ent I'm relaxing a n d _______________ Their
apartment is only ten m inutes from the festival.
Yesterday w e w ent to see our first film. Angelina
Jo lie w as in it. I didn't like it much - but I thought
sh e w a s very good!

Next Blog »

Rafael
Hi, everyone. So w hat am I doing today? Not
m u c h !_______________ We didn't get to bed until four
Tokyo, 9p.m .
in the morning, but it w as great! Non-stop m usic
and dancing, good food and all our friends. I think
th ey enjoyed them selves. I got som e fantastic
presents: especially a digital cam era. I used it to
VOCABULARY verbs + prepositions put a photo on W hatR U doing.com .Take a look.

4A Underline the correct alternative. That's me, with the dirty dishes!

1 listen with/to the radio

2 take photos of/about a friend
W RITIN G pronouns
3 wait to/for a train
4 read on/about a film star 7A Look at the sentences below from the first blog.
W hat does them refer to? ---------
5 lie on/at a bed
6 chat to/from my partner I’m staying with(my two best friends) I last saw them five
years ago.
7 be for/on the phone
8 look on/at a photo B Look at the pronouns in bold in the blogs. W hat do
9 think about/on your friend they refer to? Circle the pronouns and draw an arrow to
10 ask about/to pronunciation the correct word.

B © 8 .2 Listen and check. Notice the weak sound of the C Read the blog entry below. Use pronouns to make four

prepositions and articles. Then listen and repeat. more changes.

1 listen / ta d a / radio Next Blog »

C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say a verb Last night I w ent to Jazz Stop with Dan and Lisa.
from Exercise 4A . Student B: say the whole verb phrase. We
Then think of other possible nouns. Baft, ttse^and4 sa w Will Brown. Will Brown has got
A: listen a new CD and Will Brown played songs from his
B: listen to the radio new CD. Lisa and Dan danced a lot but I just chatted
with Lisa and Dan between dances and took photos.
A: listen to an M P3 player
I put one of the photos onW hatRUdoing.com .
B: listen to ...
W hatRUdoing.com is my favourite website.

SPEAKING
D W rite your own blog entry. W rite about a concert, a
5 W ork in pairs. Student A : look at page 163. Student B: party, an art gallery or a karaoke bar. Use pronouns and
look at page 166. include the names of two other students.

□
8.2 LOOKING GOOD
► G R A M M A R | present simple/continuous ► V O C A B U L A R Y | appearance ► H O W T O | describe people

SPEAKING
1A W ork in pairs and discuss. Match the
information with the film star.
She was in a lot of James Bond films.
H e played Che Guevara in
The Motorcycle Diaries.
She’s American.
H e also sings - he’s a rapper.
He started acting in the 1950s.
She was born in Malaysia.
A M ichelle Yeoh
B W hat other information do you know
about the film stars?
Sean Connery is Scottish.

C Do you think any of the film stars are

good-looking? W h y/W h y not?

^22jS&i2£l!lEi3i£jfl appearance

2A W ork in pairs. Look at the photos and

answer the questions.
1 Which of the film stars has got:
a) short grey hair?
b) long blonde hair?
c) dark curly hair?
d) a beard and a moustache?
LISTENING
e) brown eyes?
3A ® 8 .4 Listen to the first part of a radio programme. Is the
2 Which of the film stars is:
programme about film stars, ideas of fashion or ideas of beauty?
a) black?
b) in his/her seventies/eighties? B Read the information below. Then listen again and underline the
words you hear.
c) in his/her twenties/thirties?
d) wearing make-up?
Do men today really like women with 1blonde/black hair and 2brown/blue
e) wearing earrings? eyes? And do women like the James Bond look - tall, 3grey/dark and very
4masculine/feminine, or do they like something different now?
B ® 8.3 Listen to a man describing
two of the film stars. W hich two is he C ® 8.5 Listen to the second part of the radio programme. W hich film
talking about? stars do the people like?
1 ___________________________________________
2 ____________________________________
D Listen again. W hat do the people talk about? Complete the table.

height/build hair/beard eyes other

C Listen again and write the questions.
Use the prompts to help. Woman 1 beard
1 Is / man / or / woman? Woman 2 nice smile
2 W hat / she / look like? Woman 3

D W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : Man 1 beautiful

choose one of the film stars and describe clothes
him/her. Student B: ask the questions in Man 2 slim
Exercise 2 and guess the film star,
ill* page 158 P H O T O B A N K E W ork in groups and discuss. W hat’s your idea of beauty?
 8.2
P R A C T IC E

5A Look at the cartoons and discuss. W hat are

the problems?

B Underline the correct alternatives below.

In an office, men usually

1wear/are wearing dark
suits, ties and shoes, but
Sam 2wears/s wearing jeans,
a T-shirt and trainers. He
3doesn’t wear/isn’t wearing
a tie. Another problem is
that he 4weorsA wearing
sunglasses and most
businessmen 5don’t wear/
E Gael Garcia Bernal aren’t wearing sunglasses
at work.

C Complete the information about the second cartoon.

Walkers - (not)
usually 2__ skirts;
th ey 3 trousers
and walking jackets. Jenny’s
boyfriend 4____________
boots but she 5_____________
high-heeled shoes -
dangerous on a country
walk. Another problem is
that she 6_____________ (not)
a backpack. She
7_____________ a handbag!

present simple/continuous 6 W ork in pairs. Sit back to back and take turns. Student
A : say six things you’re wearing - four true and two false.
4A Look at the sentences and underline the verbs.
Student B: say which things are false.
W hich tenses are they?
A: I’m wearing a grey shirt.
1 She always wears beautiful clothes.
B: True!
2 He’s wearing a white T-shirt.

B Underlinethe correct alternative to complete the

SPEAKING
rules.
7A W ork in pairs and discuss. W hat clothes do you
Rules: usually/never wear for:
1 Use the present simple/present continuous for something
• a walk in the country?
we do every day or usually.
• dinner at a friend’s house?
2 Use the present simple/present continuous for something
• a job interview?
w e’re doing now or at this moment.
• meeting friends in a bar or club?

C Complete the table with the verb wear. • a party?

• an exercise class?
to w ork/
W hat you usually B W ork with a new partner. Student A : say the clothes
school?
you usually/never wear for the situations above. Student
W hat you now?
B: guess the situation.
A: I usually wear jeans and a top. I never wear shorts.
1 usually a suit. B: A walk in the country?
Now, 1 jeans and a sweater.

mi* page 142 L A N G U A G E B A N K

8.3 WHAT DO YOU RECOMMEND?

SPEAKING NDEVERYGREATLOVt ISAGREATSTORY.

1A Complete the questionnaire below.

RvamGosling JamisGarni* amShifard

Rachu McAdams GinaRowlands S/oanAuin
Q What was the last film you saw?

0 What’s your favourite film?

0 Who is your favourite film actor?

Q Who is your favourite film actress?

0 Do you like watching films:

a) at home/at the cinem a!
THIS SU M M ER
b) on TV/on your computer ?

c) on your own/with som eon e?

d) only once/more than once ?

B W ork in pairs and compare your answers.

VOCABULARY | types of film

2A Match the posters in pictures A - H with

the types of film in the box.

romantic film A horror film drama

animated film musical action film
comedy sci-fi film

B Complete the sentences with the types of

film.
1 People fall in love in a romantic film.
2 There’s a lot of singing and dancing in a

3 I laugh a lot when I watch a _________________ . THE RIGHT ONE

4 There are often U FO s and aliens from space IN
in a _________________ .
5 A _________________ can be too scary for me.
6 There are usually a lot of guns and car
chases in an _________________ .
7 I sometimes cry when I watch a

8 Drawings seem to move and talk in an

C W ork in pairs and discuss. Do you like the

same film s? W h y/W h y not? W hich types of
films don’t you like? W hy?
A: Which types o f films do you like?
6; / like musicals.
A: Oh, really? Why? ...
 8.3

link words to speak faster

6A Read the flowchart and complete questions 1-5 .

FUNCTION recommending

3A ® 8 .6 Listen to two conversations. W hich types of

film from Exercise 2 A do the people talk about?

B Listen again. Do the people decide to watch the films?

W h y/W h y not?

4A Put the words in the correct order.

1 you / do / recommend? / W hat
What do you recommend?
2 French Kissl / about / How
3 you / I’d / Do / it? / like / think
4 you’d / it / like / think / don’t / I
5 I / French / like / that / film / you’d / think

B © 8 .7 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat,

lint page 142 L A N G U A G E B A N K
W ord linking can help your speaking sound more natural.
5 W ork in pairs and take turns. Look again at the film
Remember you can link the consonant at the end of one
posters A - H . Student A : ask your partner to recommend
word and the vowel at the beginning of the next word,
a film. Student B: ask questions and recommend a film.
e.g. W hat’sJt„about?
A: I want to watch a DVD this weekend. What do you
recommend?
B © 8 .8 Listen and check your answers.
B: Hmm. What kind o f films do
you like? C Look at the questions in Exercise 6 A and draw the
links. Then practise saying them.

D W ork in pairs and take turns. Cover the man’s part

and practise the conversation.

7A W ork as a class and make a list of eight films. W rite

the titles in English or in your language.

B W ork in pairs. Student A : choose one of the films and

answer Student B ’s questions. Student B: ask questions
1 -3 from Exercise 6 A . Guess the film.

SPEAKING
8 W ork with a new partner. Recommend one of your
favourite films or a film you saw recently.
A: One o f my favourite films is ... / Last week I saw ...
B: W hat’s it about? Do you think I’d like it?
DVD PREVIEW
1 W ork in pairs and discuss.
1 W hat type of music do you like?
2 Do you like concerts or music festivals?
W h y/W h y not?
3 W hat do people often do at music
festivals? Tick the activities in the box:
listen to music / sleep in a hotel
dance cook food watch films
sleep in tents go to bed early
playgames take their children
wear unusual clothes
2 Read the programme information and
answer the questions. W hat is Bestival?
W hen and where is it?
B ID S Inside Out
I nside Out is a T V series that
looks at surprising stories
from well-known places around
England. In this programme the
presenter goes to Bestival, a music
festival which takes place in the
Isle of Wight every September. He
finds out what types of people go
to the festival, what they do when
they are there and why they go.
-V
► DVD VIEW
3A Before you watch, underline the alternative you think is correct.
1 A woman in a red dress is singing/dancing.
2 A man is carrying some boots/socks.
3 Some people are sitting outside on a chair/sofa.
4 A man is sitting and eating in front of a
beach hut/tent.
5 A child is playing with a big orange/white ball.
6 Some people are putting up a hut/tent
7 A band is playing at night/in the afternoon.
8 Families are playing games/eating and drinking in the tea tent.
B W atch the DVD and check your answers.
4
W hy do people come to the festival? Watch the DVD again and listen
to what the people say. Are the sentences true (T) or false (F)?
1 It’s a holiday for the family. T
2 People are away from their normal jobs.
3 People can buy music C D s.
4 Festivals are a playground for grownups (adults).
5 People can meet famous bands and singers.
6 Young people and old people can mix together.
5 Listen again and complete the sentences
It s like opening your back door, going down to the end of
, getting in your shed with your baby and
, and then calling it a 3
a a a srv - : s
Well, I suppose it gives everybody a chance just to be themselves
and j us t ... be 4_______________ ... and be away from their normal
T h e community getting together and the 6___________ mixing with 1
older 7______________ . W e make 8______________ , we do pop festivals,
we II go anywhere, do anything.
speakout describe an event w riteb ack a review
6A Think about a recent event you went to, e.g. a 7A Read this web review from the Edinburgh Festival.
festival, a concert, a sports event, an exhibition, a W hat type of event is it?
play/dance or comedy show. Use the questions below
to make notes about it.
26-09-11
• W hat was it? listener Posting 1
• W hen and where was it? Last night we went to see Adam Hills at
• W hat did you do or see? the Stand. We went because a good friend
• W hat did you think of it? of mine recommended the show. Hills is a
• Do you recommend it? popular comedian from Australia and this
is his first time in Europe. His show is called
B © 8 . 9 Listen to someone talking about an event Happy Feet because he loves dance music
he/she went to recently. W hat w as it? Did he/she from 1930s America. He's a very good
enjoy it? story-teller - really funny. We never stopped
laughing and one hour was too short. We
C Read the key phrases below. Then listen again and
wanted more! I really recommend the show
tick the ones you hear. - 1thought Hills was great! Go and see him
before he returns to Australia.
keyphrases
[Last week/month/year/Recently] I went to ...
It was in (place).
I/W e went because ...
B Read the review again and put the topics in the
I think it was good for [children/families/teenagers/
correct order.
music lovers].
a) W hat was good/bad about it?
It c o s t ... / It was free.
b) W hy did you go?
I thought it was [great/terrible].
c) W hat was it?
I [really liked/really enjoyed/didn’t really like/hated]
d) W hen and where was it? 1
it because ...

C W rite a review of 8 0 - 1 0 0 words about the event

D W ork in groups and take turns. One student: you talked about in Exercise 6D . Use phrases from
talk about your event. Use the key phrases to help. the review above to help you.
Other students: listen and ask two questions about
each event.
8.5 « LOOKBACK

A CTIVITIES C LO T H E S
1A Complete the puzzle with the verb phrases and find the 4A W hat are the clothes? Add the vowels.
hidden message. 1 tra/n ers 4 j ns 7 T-sh_rt
2 sh s 5 tr s_rs 8 j_ck_t
f 3 s_cks 6 sk_rt 9 t_p
1 t a k e P h o t o s
B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A:
2 1 t h e b e a c h say an item of clothing. Student B: say the
name of a person who is wearing it in the
3 1 j a z z
class.
4 h r e a t t i m e
5 1 k a r t PRESEN T SIMPLE A N D |

h f f e e PRESEN T C O N T IN U O U S

7 r b o o k 5A W rite questions about students in

your class. Use the present simple and
present continuous.
B W ork in groups and discuss. Which two activities above do you usually
1 wear glasses (usually/today)
do with other people/alone/outside? Does Mia usually wear glasses? Is she
wearing them today?
PRESEN T C O N T IN U O U S
2 use an electronic dictionary (usually/now)
2A Complete the sentences. Use the present continuous of the verb 3 chew gum (often/at the moment)
in brackets. 4 speak English (always in class/now)
1 It . (rain)
5 wear black (often/today)
2 A plane over the building, (fly)
3 Someone and reading, (sit) B W ork in pairs and take turns. A sk and
answer the questions.
4 Students . (talk)
5 Someone on his/her computer.
R EC O M M EN D IN G
6 People past the building, (drive)
6A W rite the conversation in full.
7 Children ■(play)
A: I want / read a good book. W hat /
8 Someone a phone call, (make)
recommend?

B W ork in pairs. W hich of the things above are happening outside your B: W hat kind / books / you like?
classroom at the moment? A: Travel books and good stories.
B: I / got Life of Pi by Yann Martel. It / very
D ESCR IBIN G A P P EA R A N C E good.

3A Use the prompts below to write complete questions. A: W hat / it about?

1 man / woman? Is it a man or a woman? B: It / about a boy and a tiger on a boat.
2 he/she / dark hair? Has he/she got dark hair? A: you / think I / like it?
3 he/she / long hair? B: Yes, I do.
4 he/she / tall? A: O K. Can / borrow it?
5 he/she / black sweater? B: Sure.
6 he/she / in her/his twenties?
B A sk three other students for book
7 he/she / brown shoes? recommendations. W hich of the books
8 he/she / blue eyes? would you like to read?

B W ork in groups and take turns. One student: think of a student in BBS V ID E O P O D C A S T
the class. Answer questions with yes or no. The other students: ask the D ow nload th e po d cast and
questions above and your own questions. Guess the name of the student. vie w people d escribing film s
and th e ir favourite actors/
a ctre sse s. —
B B C in t e r v ie w

www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
 UNIT 9
SPEA K IN G
1 Talk about types of
transport
> Apologise fo r being late
1 Tell a long story
1 D eal with problem s w hen
flying

LISTEN IN G
1 Listen to a museum to u r
> Listen to a man talk
about his problem s getting
UNIT to w o rk
1 W atch an extract from a
docum entary about a day
at H eathrow airport

REA D IN G
1 Read an article about Paris
Citybikes

W R IT IN G
> W rite a story using linkers
> W rite an email about your
experience at an airport

BBC C O N TEN T
0 V ideo podcast: H o w do
you get to w ork?
© D V D : A irp o rt

transport

► Travel in style ► Citybikes ► Airport

9.1 TRAVEL IN STYLE
► G R A M M A R | articles I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | transport collocations I ► H O W T O | talk about ways to travel

VOCABULARY transport collocations

1A W ork in pairs. W hich types of transport can you see

in the pictures? Tick the correct words in the box.

bus plane train taxi car helicopter bike

horse motorbike foot

B Look at the word webs below and cross out the type
of transport which does not go with the verb. Then add a
correct type of transport to each word web.

a train a taxi

a bus a taxi

car foot

a bike a horse
LISTENING
2A Match pictures A - C with the titles below.
1 A monorail train from the World Fair in Seattle, USA, 1962
2 The ‘Hiller Hornet’ - a home helicopter, 19 5 1
3 A plane with a car that comes off, 1948

in * page 159 PH O TO B A N K
C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say a type of
transport. Student B: say the verbs that can go with it.
A: bike
B: go by bike, get on a bike, ride a bike ...
D W ork in pairs and discuss.
1 How do you usually get to work/school?
2 W hat’s your favourite type of transport? Why?
3 Which types of transport don’t you like using? W hy not?
B ® 9.1 Listen to a museum guide and answer the
questions.
1 Which transport ideas from above does he talk about?
2 W hat are his favourite ways of travelling?
C Listen again. W hat’s the problem with each transport
idea?
D W ork in pairs and discuss. W hat do you like
about each idea? W hich one w as successful? W hy?
 9.1

GRAMMAR articles: a/an, the, no article 5A Look at questions 1 -5 . Choose one of the endings
and write a short answer.
3A ® 9.2 Listen to an extract from the museum tour How do you get to school / to work / home?
and complete the text with a/an, the, - (no article). By car.
W hat are three things you like / you don’t like / you liked
Look at this photo on 1 left. It’s from 2________ when you were a child?
World Fair in 3 Seattle. That was in 1962.
W hat’s a famous city in India / China / Africa?
4 monorails were 5 very popular idea in
_ America at that time. . people wanted When do you check your emails / do your homework / relax?
to leave their cars a t 8____ home and go to 9_ W hat’s the name of the President o f the USA / the student
work by 10 public transport. next to you / the teacher?

B Find examples for rules a ) - f) from the text above. B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : read your
answers to the questions above. Student B: close your
Rules: book and guess the question.
a) Usually use a/an before singular nouns: A: By car.
I’ve got a car. 5 B: How do you get to school?
b) Usually use no article before plural nouns:
A: No.
I love cars.________
B: How do you get to work?
c) Usually use no article before cities and countries:
A: Yes!
Madrid is in Spain.________
d) Use no article in some phrases: by car, on foot, go to
school, at work.________
sp eak o u t ^
e) Usually use the before nouns when there’s only one: W hen you write a noun in your notebook, put it in a short
the sun.________ phrase. This shows how to use the word with the articles
a/an, the or no article. For example: in the city centre, he’s a
f) Use the in some phrases: in the morning on the right, in
doctor, I like cats.
the city centre.________

ill#- page 144 L A N G U A G E B A N K

SPEAKING
C (►) 9.3 W e usually pronounce a /a/ and the Ida! in
phrases/sentences. Listen and write the four phrases you 6A W ork in pairs. Look at the pictures of transport
hear. Then listen again and repeat. inventions below. Think of two problems with

1 ___________________________________________________________________ each invention.

2 _________________________________________________________
The Horseless Sulky - it’s
difficult to turn.
3 ___________________________________________________________________
4 ___________________________________________________________________ B W ork in pairs.
Student A : look
D Listen again and check your answers. Then listen and at page 164.
repeat. Student B:
look at
P R A C T IC E page 161.
4A W ork in pairs and complete the sentences. Use
a/an, the or - (no article).
1 There was a big problem with each one.
2 There are some monorails in world ... but not very The Horseless Sulky
many.
3 Look at this photo. Is that car under plane?
4 People wanted to fly from Los Angeles t o New
York.
5 There w a s engineering problem.
6 W e laugh at this now, but people were very serious
about it.
7 People wanted to leave home in morning and go
to w ork b y private helicopter.
8 helicopters are very difficult to fly.

B Check your answers in audio script 9.1 on page 173.

The Lightning Bug

9.2 CITYBIKES
} G R A M M A R | can/can’t, have to/don’t have to I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | adjectives I ► H O W T O | talk about transport
PRACTICE
6A Complete the sentences with can/can’t, have to /

SPEAKING Paris by Citybike don’t have to.

I You can
get to the airport
go by underground, bus or taxi to
1 W ork in pairs and discuss.
With 20,000 bikes and 1,450 pick-up Users have to pay twenty-nine 2 You
1 Is there a lot of traffic where you live?
stations, Velib is Paris’s free bike euros a year and give their credit drive on the left in the UK.
2 W hen is the worst time to travel? scheme. Cyclists can take a bike card details. They don’t have to pay 3 You drive in the town centre, so come
3 Do you prefer to travel around your from one pick-up station and leave it for the first thirty minutes. After by bus.
at any other station in the city. that, they have to pay one euro for 4 You
town/city by car, by public transport, by
Yves Guesnon, a businessman, the second half-hour. be sixteen or over to drive in Canada.
bike or on foot? Why? loves travelling to work with the wind The scheme is very popular, but 5 You use your mobile when you drive.
blowing in his hair. ‘There’s a station there’s one problem. Some people It’s dangerous!
near my flat and another one twenty ride the bikes downhill in the 6 You wear a seatbelt in your car - the driver
VOCABULARY adjectives metres from my office, so it’s perfect. morning and then take the metro
I can get to work in ten minutes. It home in the evening, i ’m just not fit and all the passengers.
2A Circle three adjectives to complete takes thirty minutes by metro.’ enough,’ one man explained. ’I can't 7 You wear a helmet on bikes but it’s safer if
the sentence: 'The scheme is good for everyone, cycle up the hill to my flat.' So every you do wear one.
Parisians and tourists,’ a city evening, city workers have to bring
official said. ‘The only condition* the bikes back uphill in a lorry! 8 You park here for free between 11 and 3.
C ycling in the city is is that you have to be over fourteen ‘condition = rule Other times you pay.
and healthy.'
B W ork in pairs. W hich sentences are true for your
tow n/city?
c°nvenien t safe
fast GRAMMAR can/can’t, have to/don’t have to
SPEAKING
easY in conven ien t 5A Underline the correct alternative. Then check your
answers in the article. 7A W ork in groups. Student A : look at page 162.
slo w 1 You can/can’t leave the bike at any station inthe city. Student B: look at page 160. Student C: look at page 165.
“ W fo n a& fe Complete the table below with information about each
2 A thirteen-year-old childcan/can’t use the bikes.
dangerous unhealthy
3 Users have to/don’t have to be healthy.
city’s tourist card.

uncom fortable 4 Users have to/don’t haveto pay for the first ‘I love The Madrid The Prague
p o llu tin g thirty minutes. Amsterdam’ card card
card
d if f ic u lt B Match sentences 1 - 4 above with meanings a )—d).
green Price
healthy a) It’s necessary.
b) It’s not necessary.
c) It’s O K.
B Match each adjective to its opposite. READING d) It’s not O K. Transport
fast - slow
4A Look at the photos of Velib, the citybike system in Paris. W rite
C Complete the table below.
C ® 9 .4 Listen and check. three questions with h o w much, how many, who or where.
Entry to
1 How much does it cost to use a bike_____________________________________ Tourists the bikes.
D Listen again and underline the stressed museums
2 How many___________________________________________________________________ etc.
syllable. Children the bikes.
3 W h o /W h e re ________________________________________________________________ O ther
Users their credit card details.
^ sp eak o u t
B Read the article. Did you find the answers to your three questions? have to for the first half hour.
Look in your dictionary to find the
pronunciation of new words. Longman C A re the sentences true (T) or false (F)? Change the false sentences so
D ® 9 .5 Listen to sentences 1 -4 . Circle the
WordWise Dictionary shows the word that they are true. B W ork in groups. A sk and answer questions to
correct pronunciation.
stress with a ’ before the main stress, e.g. 1 You leave the bicycle in the same place you took it. complete the information about the other cities. W hich
/'d ifik o lt/ difficult. Find dangerous in your 2 Yves Guesnon uses a bike because it’s fast.
1 /kan/ /kaen/ city has got the best tourist card system?
dictionary. How does it show stress? 3 Tourists can’t use the bikes. 2 /kant/ /kaint/ I think Prague has got the best system because it’s the

3 W ork in pairs and take turns. Student

4 Small children can use the bikes. 3 /haeftu:/ /haefta/ cheapest.

A : you like bikes. Student B: you like cars.

5 It costs one euro for one hour’s cycling. 4 /daunthaeftu:/ /daonthaefta/ C W ork in pairs. Talk about travelling in two or three

Talk about which is better and why.

6 City workers ride the bikes uphill in the evening. tow ns/cities you know.
E Listen again and check. Then listen and repeat, A: W hat’s the best way to get around your city?
A: Cars are faster. D W ork in pairs and discuss. Is the Citybike system a good idea for your ill* page 144 LA N G U A G EBA N K B: You can buy a travelcard for buses and underground
B: Yes, but they’re more dangerous! tow n/city? W h y/W h y not?
trains. But sometimes it’s faster to walk!
9.3 SORRY I’M LATE
> FUNCTION | apologising ► VOCABULARY | excuses ► LEARN TO | tell a long story

VOCABULARY excuses 5A W ork in pairs. Complete the conversation between a

student and a teacher.
1 W ork in pairs and discuss. A re you often late for
work, school or meetings? W h y/W h y not?
Sorry / late. I’m afraid ...
2A W ork in pairs and match 1 -5 to a )- e ) below. (say the reason)
I I lo s t - ^ a) broke down.
that’s ...
2 I m is s e d ^ \ b) my alarm clock.
3 My car c) the train.
And then ...
4 The traffic d) my keys.
(say what happened next)
5 I didn’t hear e) was bad. V
Really, don’t ...
B Look at the collocations above and write sentences *
with the words in the box. I feel really bad about it.

the bus my ticket was terrible the phone didn’t start

B W ork in pairs and have another conversation.
Apologise for being late. Choose one of the
pairs below.
FUNCTION apologising
• a student - a teacher • a friend - a friend
3A Look at the cartoon • a worker - the boss • a child - a parent
and answer the questions.
W ho are the people? W hat’s C Listen to other students’ conversations. Guess
the problem? W hat do you their roles.
think happened?

B Read the text and check LEARN TO | tell a long story

your answers.
6A Look at the online diary extracts below. W hy was

correct alternatives in the sentences below. OK, I didn’t hear my alarm so I woke up late and missed my
1 Look, I’m really/real sorry I’m late. train. I got the next one, but then the train stopped in the middle
of nowhere ... for twenty minutes! The guard said there was a
2 I’m terribly/terrible sorry I’m late.
signal problem and then the air-conditioning stopped working!
3 I feel terribly/terrible about it. Imagine, no air-conditioning in the middle of summer! I was two
4 I’m afraid/sorry my train hit a cow! and a half hours late for work and really hot and sweaty. My
boss was very unhappy.
B ® 9 .6 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat.
Wednesday
C Look at the responses below. Is the boss happy (✓ ) or Service: 0 points. Originality: 10 points. We stopped again, for
unhappy (X) about the situation? no reason, but then there was a reason - not the signals, not
1 I don’t believe you. the engine but a cow on the line! Poor thing, we didn’t stop in
time. This time, I was two hours late for work and my boss didn’t
2 It’s half past nine!
believe me ...
3 Don’t worry about it.
4 That’s O K . No problem. B ® 9.7 Listen to the man talk to a colleague. Which
5 Don’t let it happen again. two days does he talk about?

ill* page 144 L A N G U A G E B A N K C Listen again. W hich two things are different from the
online diary above?
7A Look at the linkers in the box and circle them in the
listening extract below.
first of all and but so finally because
then after that
(First of ajpl got up late because I didn’t hear my alarm, so
I only woke up at 8 . 30. 1ran to the train station - usually
I walk - but I missed the train by two minutes! Then I
waited for the next train, the 9 . 15, and everything was
fine until we just stopped - just stopped - in the middle of
nowhere. The guard said that there was a signal problem.
After that, the air-conditioning stopped working. It was
like an oven - at least a thousand degrees! Finally, after
forty minutes, we started moving ... very, very slowly.
B W ork in pairs and discuss.
1 Which linkers do you use for the beginning and end of
the story?
2 Which two linkers mean next in the story?
SPEAKING
8 A Imagine you are late for an important event/
situation, e.g. a wedding, a birthday party, an English
lesson, a date with a boy/girlfriend, a meeting, a job
interview, the doctor’s. Make notes about five things that
happened. Use the photos to help. Think about:
• When was it?
• W here were you?
• W ho were you with?
• W hat happened?
• W hat did you do?
• W hat happened finally?
B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : tell your
story. Student B: show interest and ask follow-up
questions.
A: First o f all, my car broke down ...
B: Oh no! That’s terrible! What did you do?

9 W rite your story using your notes above. Remember

^ sp eak o u t TIP to use linkers.
Linkers join sentences in a story and help the listener to
follow and understand the story better. When you next tell
a story, practise using the linkers in Exercise 7A.
1 W ork in pairs and discuss. W hat are the good 4A Look at the sentences. Use a dictionary to check the
and bad things about airports and flying? meaning of any new words.
1 People are queuing.
2A Put the actions below in the correct order.
a) check in 1 2 Some men are making phone calls.

b) the plane takes off 3 A woman is reading a newspaper.

c) go through security 4 Two men are playing chess.

5 People are sleeping everywhere. •••I
d) wait in the departure lounge
e) get on the plane 6 A man is arguing at a check-in desk.
7 A family is eating pizza.
f) go to the departure gate
g) do some tax-free shopping 8 Some boys are skateboarding.

h) go through passport control B Watch the DVD. Tick the activities above you see.

B ® 9 .8 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat.
C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say
one of the actions in Exercise 2A . Student B: say
the next action.
A: You check in and then you ... ?
B: Go through security and then you ... ?
C W atch again and listen to four people talk about the
situation. Match the person with the activity.
is trying t o g e t to Amsterdam. *
W om an w ants to go to B e rlin .
M an is there w ith her grandm other and parents.

3 Read the programmer information and Woman 2J thinks everything js yerv ^ very ‘Z en ’
answer the questions.
1 W hy are the planes late at Heathrow Airport? Man u hotel.
2 W hat do you think passengers do while they wait?
is there w ith her son and daughter.

B B S Airport
A-irport is a T V series
a b o u t d a y -to -d a y
life at one o f the busiest
international airports in the
world, London Heathrow. In
tonight’s programme, there’s \
a computer problem in the
control tower and flights are
delayed for hours. Hundreds
of passengers have to wait in the crowded terminal so the
programme looks at how people are feeling and how they
spend their time waiting.
speakout deal with a problem
5A W ork in pairs. Read problems 1 - 8 below and
discuss. W hich do you think are the three worst
problems?
1 You want to check in, but there are no more seats on
the plane.
2 Your baggage is too heavy. You have to pay 200 euros,
but you don’t have enough money.
3 Your flight is delayed by twenty-four hours. You want
the airline to pay for a hotel.
4 You get on a long-distance flight. There’s a screaming
child in the seat next to you.
5 You ordered a vegetarian meal, but when your food
arrives, it’s chicken curry.
6 You’re on the plane and very tired. The person next
to you wants to talk ... and talk.
7 You arrive and go to get your luggage. You see your
bag but another passenger picks it up.
8 You arrive and go to pick up your luggage. It never
comes out. w riteb ack an email
B (►) 9 .9 Listen to the conversation. W hich problem 6 A Complete the email below.
does the passenger have?

C Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear.

Well, I’m finally here in 2 ( but the

keyphrases
I’m sorry, but there’s a (small) problem here.
I understand the situation, but it’s very important
that I get on this plane!
I see, b u t...
Let me explain [one more time/again].
You don’t understand.
It’s your job to [find a hotel/bring me a meal/etc.]
Can I speak to the person in charge, please?
D W ork in pairs. Choose a problem from Exercise 5A
and role-play the situation. Use the key phrases
to help.
journey 3 ! I arrived at the airport
yesterday at 4 , but when I got
there 5_________________ , so I 6_________________ .
At 7 o’clock 8__________________and
so I 9_______________. Then I had a good idea.
I 10_________________ and then I 11__________________.
After that I 12_________________ . The plane finally
On the plane, I thought everything was fine
and then 15_________________ . That made me really
angry, so I 16_________________ .
What a nightmare! I’m trying to get some sleep
now. Speak to you soon, 17_________________
B W rite an email to a friend. Tell them about a
problem you had at an airport/on a plane.
9.5 « LOOKBACK

TR A N SP O R T CAN/CAN’T, HAVE TO/DON’T T E L L A L O N G STO RY

1A W hat are the adjectives? Add HAVE TO 5A W ork in pairs and take turns.
the vowels. Then match them with 4A Complete the rules with the Student A : close your book.
their opposites. correct alternatives. Student B: ask your partner to tell
you words to put in the spaces
1 che op easy In a lib ra ry ...
1-10. W rite them in the spaces and
1 You can’t/don’t have to talk on
2 _nh___ Ithy fast
your mobile phone. then read the story.
A: Tell me an adjective.
3 p J_t_n g safe 2 You can’t/don’t have to pay for a
book before you take it out. B: funny
4 d_ng_r___s expensive
O n a p la n e ...
5 d_ff_c_lt green
3 You can/have to wear a seat belt
when the plane takes off. Today was a 1_______________ . day.
6 sl_w healthy (an adjective)
4 You can’t/don’t have to smoke. First of all, I got up late because I
B W ork in pairs and take turns.
Student A : choose a type of A t h o m e ... didn’t hear 2__________________ knock
5 You can/have to do anything you (a stud en t’s name)
transport. Student B: guess the
want. on my door. Finally, 3
transport. (a ce le b rity’s name)
B: Is it fast or slow? 6 You can’t/don’t have to pay to eat. phoned me on my mobile and
A: Fast. B Choose three of the places woke me up. I w ent to the
below and write two sentences for
2 W ork in groups. Make a list of _, put on
each place. Use can/can’t, have to / (a room in a house)
the things that:
don’t have to. my 5 and
1 you can ride a bike, ... (a piece o f clothing)
2 you can drive 6__________________and ran out of the
(an o th e r piece o f clothing)
3 you can get on and off
4 you do in an airport door. Then my 1_
(a type o f tran sp o rt)
5 can go wrong with transport to didn’t start, so I took a
make you late for work/school
8 _. But I got on the
(an o th e r type o f tran sp o rt)
A R TIC LES wrong one and it w ent all the way
3A Complete the sentences with to 9_________________ . I phoned my
(the name o f a city)
a/an, the o r no article ( - ) .
boss from there, but he didn’t
1 Most of us have to u se alarm
clock to wake up in morning. believe my story, so I lost my job.
2 Two of us didn’t have____ T h a t’s O K - I never liked working
breakfast this morning.
~c - 10
3 Three of us live in town/city (a job)
centre. a beach a cinema
4 All of us think bikes are better
than cars for travelling in the B W ork in groups. Read your story
town/city centre. to the other students. W hich is the
5 One of us has got motorbike. funniest?

\
6 Half of us to o k taxi home last
weekend.
□□S V ID E O P O D C A S T
7 None of us g o home b y____
train. | . j Download the podcast
I ^ I and view people
B W ork in pairs. Write the questions a hospital a friend’s housea talking about their
and ask other students. W as the I t 1 journeys to and from
information above true or false? w ork and how long
A: Do you have to use an alarm clock they take.
to wake up in the morning?
B: Yes, I do. I have to use two
C W ork in pairs and take turns.
Student A : read out your sentences.
Authentic
because I can’t wake up! Student B: guess the place. www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
 UN IT 10
S P EA K IN G
1 Talk about your future
plans/wishes
1 Makes predictions about
situations
1 Make suggestions and
learn to say no politely

L IS T E N IN G
1 Listen to a radio interview
with lottery winners
1 Watch an extract from a

UNIT documentary about the

wettest place in Europe

R EA D IN G
1 Read an extract from an
instruction book about
survival
1 Read an article with tips
on things to do with your
friends

W R IT IN G
1 Improve your use of linkers
and write a short story
1 W rite a message board
notice about your country

BBC CO N TEN T
§ Video podcast: W hat are
your plans for the future?
© D V D : Wild W eather
10.1 LIFE’S A LOTTERY
► G R A M M A R | be going to; would like to I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | plans I ► H O W T O | talk about future plans/wishes

LISTENING GRAMMAR be going to; would like to

1A Look at the photo below and read the newspaper 2A Look at the sentences. Then underline the correct
extract. W hat’s surprising about the story? alternative to complete the rules below.
1 W e ’re going to get married.
2 I’d like to learn to drive.
Big Mac couple's Rules:
lotto win 1 Use be going to when you have/don’t have a definite plan.
2 Use would like to when you want to do something or
A couple who work together at when you have/don’t have a definite plan.
McDonald's say they have no plans
to stop working after winning £1.3 B Look at audio script 10.1 on page 174 and complete the

million on the lottery. table with the correct forms of be going to and would like
to.
Elaine Gibbs, tw enty-eight, an d A led
Bevan, tw enty-three, from Cardiff, m et four I’ buy some new clothes,

y ears ago a t w o rk a n d le arn t abo ut th eir W e ’____ going look for a house.

big w in last T hursday. 'W e're going to stay H e _____ buy a car.
here. It's a n enjoyable job an d th ey tre a t us
w ell' said Aled. I’ learn to drive.
like
W e ’____ move.

going
W hat you do?
like

C © 1 0 .2 Listen and check your answers.

D Circle the correct pronunciation of going to and

would. Then listen again and repeat.
1 going / t u :/ going / to /

2 /w u d / /w u ld /

lint page 146 L A N G U A G E B A N K

PRACTICE
3A W rite the sentences in full. Use be going to or would
like to.
B W ork in pairs and discuss. How do you think the 1 I / like / move into a big flat / city centre.
couple plan to spend their money? I’d like to move into a big flat in the city centre.
C © 1 0 .1 Listen to a radio interview and check your 2 I / like / drive / sports car.
ideas. Tick the couple’s plans. 3 I / go / have / holiday / in the Caribbean.
• move house 4 I/ not / go / buy / any presents / my family and friends.
• stop work 5 I/ like / move / to another country.
• get married 6 I / go / buy / a boat.
• buy a car 7 I/ like / start / my own business.
• travel around the world 8 I/ not / go / keep / all the money for myself.
• have a holiday
B Imagine you won the lottery yesterday. W hat are your
• buy some clothes
plans? Change the sentences so that they are true for you.
• start a family
C W ork in pairs and compare your answers.
D Discuss. W hat do you think of Elaine and
Aled’s plans?
 10.1

VOCABULARY plans

4A Complete the collocations with verbs from the box.

have buy go for get move

start do go learn stay

1 have a holiday, a barbecue, a party

2 __________ married, a new suit, a job
3 __________ nothing, a course, a lot of exercise
4 __________ shopping, clubbing, jogging
5 __________ in, with friends, at a hotel
6 __________ Spanish, to drive, to swim
7 __________ a walk, a bike ride, a drink
8 __________ a new job, a family, a new business
9 __________ to another country, house, into a flat
10 __________ a present for a friend, a boat, some jeans

B W ork in pairs. Student A : say the verb. Student B: say

the phrases that go with the verb.

C Look at the collocations in Exercise 4 A again. Add a

new phrase to each verb.

I T sp eakoi TIP
_
When you study, make lists of words that go together.
Cover all the verbs, and try to remember them. Then cover
the other words and try to remember the full phrases.

SPEAKING
5A W hat are you going to do/would you like to do in
the future? Complete the table using your own ideas or
the photos to help.

You Student 1 Student 2

this weekend shopping basketball

next week

next year

B W ork in groups. A sk and answer questions about your

plans/wishes for the future. Make notes in the table.
A: Rafael, what are you going to do this weekend?
B: Well, I’m going to watch a basketball match ...

C Tell the class about someone in your group. Can they

guess who it is?
A: This weekend, he’s going to watch a basketball match
and next month he’s going to do a course in sports
education. Next year he’d like to go to the USA.
C: Is it Rafael?
10.2 SURVIVE!
GRAMMAR | will, might won’t VOCABULARY | phrases with get ► HOWTO | make predictions
■

VOCABULARY phrases with get

1A W ork in pairs. Look at the four

photos and discuss.
1 W here are the people?
2 Which situation is the most dangerous?
Why?

B Look at sentences 1- 5 below and

discuss. W hich ones can happen at sea (S)
and which can happen in the desert (D)?
W hich can happen in both (SD )?
1 You don’t have enough water so you get
thirsty. S D
2 Sharks are swimming around.
3 There are snakes and insects.
4 You fall off your raft.
5 You’re hot and you sweat a lot.

C Complete the sentences to make

phrases with get with the words in the box
below.

hot wet hungry thirsty bored

sunburnt lost tired

1 When I exercise in the gym I get

very hot READING
2 I didn’t drink anything all day so I got 2A Read the survival tips below. Cross out the incorrect alternatives.

3 I stayed up too late and I got really B W ork in pairs and compare your ideas.

C W ork in pairs. Student A : read the text on page 165. Student B: read
4 I forgot my umbrella yesterday and I got the text on page 162. W ere your ideas correct? Tell your partner.

5 I didn’t eat breakfast so I’m getting

6 I didn’t have a map so I got_____________.

7 I stayed out in the sun and I got

8 This exercise isn’t very interesting! I’m

I
getting_____________. magine your boat sinks and you are alone on a raft in
the middle of the sea. Or your car breaks down in the
desert and you're far away from the nearest town.
Could you survive? Here are some tips to help!
The verb get has more than twenty
meanings in English! It can mean ‘become’ A t sea: In the desert: 1
(get hungry), ‘arrive’ (get home), ‘obtain’
(get a job), ‘buy’ (get a new car) and is in 1 D o / B e trt sit in the 6 D o/D on't sleep on the
many phrases: get up, get on a plane, get bottom of the raft. ground.
dressed. W hen you hear or see the word 2 D o/D on't sleep a lot. 7 D o/D on't take off your
get, think about which meaning it has. 3 D o/D on't drink sea water. shirt.
4 D o/D on't put rubbish in 8 D o/D on't travel in the
Which meaning does get have in these
the water. day.
phrases: get to the airport, get a new haircut,
get better, get some chocolatel 5 D o/D on't move around 9 D o/D on't w ear shoes.
too much on the raft. 10 D o/D on't w ear gloves.

100
 10.2

GRAMMAR will, might, won’t SPEAKING

3A Look at the sentences and complete the 5A W ork in pairs. Look at the cartoon below and discuss.
rules. 1 W hat happened to the plane? W hy did it crash?
1 You’ll get wet. 2 How are the people from the plane feeling?
2 You w on’t get sunburnt. 3 W hat problems might they have?
3 You might sweat too much.

Rules:
1 Which sentence do we use when we think
something in the future:
a) is certain to happen?______
b) is possible?______
c) is certain not to happen?______

2 W hat are the full forms of ’II and w on’t?

B © 1 0 .3 Listen to the sentences 1 -3 above.

Then listen and repeat.

C © 1 0 .4 Listen and underline the sentence

you hear.
1 You’ll get too hot. / You get too hot.
2 W e ’ll fall into the water. / W e fall into the B W ork in pairs. Choose three objects from the box below that
water. might help the people from the plane. Give reasons for your choice.

3 They’ll sweat too much. / They sweat too

much. chocolate a radio a box of matches a mobile phone
sun cream a knife a bottle of water playing cards
4 I’ll get hungry. / I get hungry,

lint page 146 L A N G U A G E B A N K / think chocolate is useful because they might get hungry.

C Think of three other objects that might be useful. Use your

PRACTICE dictionary if you don’t know the word.
4A W hat can you remember? Complete the
D W ork with another pair and compare your objects. Decide which
sentences below with ’II, w on’t or m ight
five objects will help the people in the cartoon.
1 Don’t sit in the bottom of the raft. You 1[_____
get wet.
2 Don’t drink sea water. Y o u ____________get
W RITIN G too, also, as well
thirstier after you drink it.
6A Look at the sentences. W hat is the position of too, also and as
3 Don’t put rubbish in the water. Sharks well in the sentences?
___________ come because for them it’s food.
1 Your body loses a lot of water when you sweat, so relax and try to
4 Don’t move around on the raft. Y o u __________ sleep a lot, too.
fall into the water.
2 Fish is your most important food and it’s also easy to catch.
5 Don’t sleep on the sand. Y o u ___________ get
3 Most fish are safe to eat and you can drink water from fish eyes as
too warm.
well.
6 Always use sun cream. Y o u ____________get
sunburnt with it on. B Put too, also and as well into the story.
7 Travel at night. Y o u ___________ sweat so much.
8 Always wear shoes. Y o u step on a We walked a lt morning and we walked for
snake, so it’s safer to have them on.
h've hours in the afternoon^ °We had a short
B Read the texts again on pages 162 and 165
break h r lunch. We stopped bar a rest in the
to check your answers.
ahernoon. In the evening, 5am taught us how
to k ill a snake and how to cook it. I didn’t like
the smell, but J ate some and Sam ate some.

C Finish the story with your own ideas. Use too, also and as well.
10.3 LET’S DO SOMETHING
► FUNCTION | making suggestions VOCABULARY | adjectives ► LEARN TO | respond to suggestions

adjectives

1A Look at the adjectives in the box. Do

they all mean O K or very good?

brilliant wonderful amazing fantastic

great awesome excellent cool lovely

B How many syllables are in each

adjective? W rite the adjectives in the
correct column in the table.

O Oo O oo oO o

brilliant

C © 10.5 Listen and check. Then listen

and repeat.

■ | sp eakoi
Some adjectives are very informal, e.g.
cool and fantastic. The Longman WordWise
Dictionary shows this as:
We're all super-busy these days so it's
COOl adjective spoken informal
important friends make the most of their time
Use these words with friends, and not in together. If you're stuck for ideas, we've got
formal situations, e.g. a job interview.
some suggestions...
READING Get some exercise! Go swimming or play tennis or go for a walk
2A W ork in pairs and complete in the park.
the sentences. Enjoy a 'movie marathon'. Rent some DVDs, get lots of snacks
1 W hen I meet my friends, we usually do and spend the day being film critics.
a) the same old things.
Paint a room in your flat. Invite your friends to help you.
b) something different each time.

2 W e like doing things

Go to a club or a concert or a music festival.

a) indoors. Go to the zoo. Show each other your favourite three animals.
b) outdoors.
Go to the theatre. Read the play together first.
3 A t weekends, we meet
Do some internet shopping. Buy something for each other.
a) for just a few hours.
b) for the whole weekend. Go for a bike ride and have a picnic lunch.

4 W e need new ideas for things to do.
a) true
b) false
B Read the article about how to spend
time with friends. Tick five activities that
you think are good ideas.
C W ork in pairs and compare your ideas.
Play a card game. First, look in a book of card games (or on the
internet) for a new game.
0 Cook something, e.g. a cake, or dinner. Try a new recipe together.
Invite some friends and have a food tasting.
Play a computer game together or watch a fitness DVD and
practise aerobics or yoga.
0 Go to an art gallery. Find a painting you like and talk about why
you like it.
 10.3

FUNCTION making suggestions 7 W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : choose
three weekend activities and make suggestions.
3 (£) 10.6 Listen to two conversations. W hich activities Student B: respond to the suggestions. W hen you
from the article do the friends decide to do? respond negatively, give a reason.

4A Look at the sentences. Underline four phrases for A: Why don’t we go for a walk in the park?
making suggestions. B: Mmm. I don’t really feel like doing that. It’s too cold!
1 How about going to an art gallery?
2 W hat about having a ‘movie marathon’?
SPEAKING
3 Let’s cook something.
4 W hy don’t we invite Augusto and Carla for lunch? 8A Complete the table with three activities you would
like to do. W rite a place and a time next to each activity.
B ® 1 0 .7 Complete the suggestions below. Then listen
and check.
1 H o w _______________________ to the zoo?
2 W h a t_______________________ something more relaxing?
3 W hy some internet
shopping?
. to the theatre.

C Listen to the sentences again. Does the speaker

sound positive? Does his/her voice start high or low?

D Listen again and repeat.

5A Complete the suggestions.

1 How about____________swimming?
2 W hat about___________ a new recipe?
3 W hy don’t w e a picnic lunch? B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : phone your
partner and suggest an activity for tomorrow. Student B:
4 Let’s ___________ to the cinema.
respond and suggest another activity. Use the flowchart
B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : make a to help you role-play the conversation. Add your
suggestion. Student B: say O K if your partner sounds partner’s information to the table above.
positive or no thanks if he/she doesn’t.

LEARN TO respond to suggestions

6A (►) 10.8 Listen to the conversations again. Match the

suggestions 1 -5 with the responses a )- e ) below.
1 visiting an art gallery
2 cooking
3 inviting friends for lunch
4 a bike ride
5 going to see a play

a) Ah, fantastic!
b) I don’t really feel like doing that.
c) Sounds lovely.
d) That sounds a bit tiring.
e) Brilliant!

B Look at the phrases a )- e ) above and decide if they are

C Phone two more students and suggest activities. Add
positive (+) or negative (-).
their information to the table above.
lint page 146 L A N G U A G E B A N K
D W ork in groups. Tell the other students about
your plans.
I’m going to play tennis with Alfonso and then I’m going to ..
10.4 ^j WILD WEATHER

DVD PREVIEW
1A Match phrases 1 - 6 with
pictures A - F .
It’s stormy.
It’s windy.
It’s snowing.
It’s sunny.
It’s cloudy.
It’s raining.

B W ork in pairs and take turns.

Student A : point to a photo and ask
about the weather. Student B: reply.
A: W hat’s the weather like?
B: It’s raining.
2A Complete the weather forecast
with the words from the box.
In D ublin today, it’ll be 1 hot a n d
su n n y w ith te m p e ra tu re s up
to tw enty-five degrees Celsius.
T om orrow w ill be cloudy b u t quite
w ith a h ig h of tw enty.
T hings w ill change o n F riday
night: it’ll be a 3________n ig h t w ith
ra in from m idnight to early n e x t
m orning. The te m p e ra tu re will
fa.ll to te n so it’ll feel quite
4_______ >b u t th e ra in w ill stop
so w e’ll have a 5________day all
Saturday. S unday w ill be w indy
a n d c lo u d y ... a n d v e ry
► DVD VIEW
3A Read the programme information. W hich places do you think
the presenter visits for each of the four programmes?
IDID S W ild W eather
IA nDWild Weather the presenter,
onal M acIntyre, looks for U * M I
the wildest weather in the world.
He travels to different places and
finds answers to the questions:
W here does the weather com e
from? How does it work? There are
four programmes: Hot, Wet, Wind
and Cold. Follow his journey as he finds and experiences
dramatic moments of amazing weather.
B W atch the DVD and answer the questions.
1 Which programme is it: Hot, Wet, Wind or Cold!
2 The presenter talks to two people. W here do they work?
C W atch the DVD again. Underline the correct alternative.

so m ake su re yo u w ea r 1 In Bergen it rains one / two / three out of three days.

y o u r w in te r coat! 2 There are two / three / four types of umbrellas.

3 They sell Bergen rain to tourists in bottles / cups / cans.
4 In one year, 105 / 125 / 225 tonnes of rain fall on a family house.
B ® 1 0 .9 Listen and check 5 The longest period of rain in Bergen was in 1990 / 1992 / 1995.
your answers. 6 It rained for 73 / 83 / 93 days.

<’• • ». * r . . . . _ • — -■. • • ,■
C. ... -• •• ;r ~ ;
speakout the weather
4A Make sentences with the prompts below.
1 W hat / favourite / kind / weather? Why?
2 W hat / kind / weather / hate? Why?
3 W hat / be / weather / like on your
last holiday?
4 W hat / favourite / season? Why?
5 W hat / like / do in (spring/summer/autumn/
winter)?
6 W hat / best / season / visit your country or city?

B ® 10.10 Listen to people answer the questions

above. Number the questions in the order you hear
the answers.

C Look at the key phrases below. Listen again and

tick the ones you hear.

keyphrases w riteb ack reply on a message board

I love/hate [stormy] weather. 6A Read the message from a travel website. W rite the
I really [don’t like/like/love/hate] it when it name of your town/city/country.
[rains/’s hot].
The best time to visit [country/city/town] is Message Board 0 2 -Fe b -0 9 12.26 pm

[month/season] because ...

I want to visit_____________for two weeks.
That’s when ... What’s the best time of year to come?
It’s the perfect time to ... What about clothes?
It [rained/was sunny] every day, [but/and] we had a Posted by: Lars, Sweden
[great/awful] time.

< Previous Message | Next Message >

5 A W ork in pairs. Interview each other using
— '
the questions in Exercise 4 A . Make notes on your
B W rite a reply. Use the phrases in brackets to help.
partner’s answers.

B W ork in groups and compare your answers. W hat Message Board 0 3 -F e b -0 9 11.55 pm

did you find out?

Hi Lars, I’m from________ and I live
C Tell the rest of the class. How many people talked (country)
about the same place?
in_________ The best time to visit is________
(town/city) (month/season)
because_________and also you can_________
(weather) (activity)
You , too._B ring_________ and
(give another idea) (clothes)
_________as well, or you’ll be too_________
(clothes) (adjective)

Posted by:

< Previous M essage Next M essage >

10.5 « LOOKBACK
VERB PHRASES P R ED IC T IO N S M AKIN G S U G G ES T IO N S
1A Complete the questions with 3A Yo u and some friends are 4A Correct the sentences.
the correct verbs. going to spend the weekend in a 1 W hy we don’t have a party in the
1 On your next holiday, do you want hotel on a high mountain. Read the school garden?
to: information. 2 Let’s to have 90s music.
• sta y at home or g abroad? 3 W hat about start at 7 o’clock?
• st in a hotel or with friends? 4 That a great idea!
2 You have a free Saturday. Do you 5 Sound good.
want to:
6 That might be problem.
• g shopping or g__________a
walk? B W ork in groups. Make
• in the evening, st in and suggestions for a class party/
d nothing, or h a party celebration. Think about the place,
and then g clubbing? food, music, etc. Use the phrases
3 Time for some big changes. Do above to help.
you want to:
C Tell the other groups about
• g married or go travelling? your party/celebration. W hich one
• m to an English-speaking would you like to go to?
country or stay in your country? W e’re going to have a barbecue in
the park. W e’re going to bring b eef
B W ork in pairs and take turns. • It’s a beautiful, quiet place. and ...
A sk and answer the questions. • It always rains at this time of year.
• Walking in the mountains is TH EW EA TH ER
GOIN GTO;W OU LD LIKETO
beautiful, but very dangerous.
5A Rearrange the letters to
2A Look at the list. W rite • There are ten beds.
complete the sentences.
sentences using be going to and • The hotel has a very good kitchen.
would like to. 1 When it’s sunny (nusny) 1 often
Their restaurant can serve meals for
go to the beach.
1 I’d like to have dinner with Gemma, twenty-five people maximum.
but I can’t - she’s busy. 2 When it (irsan) 1 usually
• Not all the students like ‘mountain
go running.
2 I’m going to Oxford. I’ve got my life’!
bus ticket. 3 When it’s (dulcoy) 1
always feel depressed.

W eekend votsk lis t 4 When it (swons) 1 never

B Complete the sentences with go out.
1 dinner w itk Qemina. - skc s bw.sj!
2 jo to Ojoforci (botjkt bus
might, might not, ’II or w on’t. 5 When it’s (dinyw) 1 like
1 It rain. going for a walk.
tic k e t) S
6 When it’s (roymts) 1 feel
3 jo to tke. K2 concert - no tickets! 2 We get bored.
quite nervous.
4 meet Ondu for drink (ke sa id 3 Someone________ get hurt.

Ok) ✓
4 Some people like it. I think B W rite four sentences about

5 (/Oatck Qone witk tke (dind on I ________ like it. you and the weather. Begin each

DVD (borrowed it from Gindj) S 5 T h e re _________ be enough beds for

all of us.
sentence with: When i t .. . I ...

6 steep a Lot - no time! C W ork in pairs and compare your

6 The food________ be very good. ideas.
7 T h e re _________ be enough food.
B Make your own ‘Weekend wish 8 It_______ be very peaceful. BBS V ID E O P O D C A S T
list’. Then look at the list and tick Download the podcast
the things that are possible. C W ork in pairs and compare your I ^ I and view people
W rite reasons for the things that answers. ■ ■ talking about what
aren’t possible. 1 t 1 they are doing now
D Discuss. Would you like to go on
and their ambitions
C W ork in pairs and take turns. Tell this kind of weekend break? W h y /
for the future.
your partner about your plans for W hy not?
the weekend. Authentic
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout

106
 UNIT I I
SPEA K IN G
1 Talk about w hat to do
w hen you d o n ’t feel well
> D iscuss cures fo r the
com m on cold
> G ive advice and offer help
> A sk for help in a pharmacy

LISTEN IN G
1 Listen to a radio programme
about colds and flu
1 W atch an extract from a
UNIT sitcom about a shopping

II
experience

REA D IN G
1 Read and do a quiz about
how fit you are
> Read about a social
experim ent

W R IT IN G
> Make yo u r stories m ore
interesting
1 W rite som e advice fo r a
health message board

BBC C O N TEN T
0 V ideo podcast: D o you
have a healthy lifestyle?
© D V D : T h e T w o Ronnies

► My head hurts ► Never felt better ► The Optician

11.1 MY HEAD HURTS
F G R A M M A R | should/shouldn’t ► VOCABULARY | the body; health I ► HOWTO | give advice

VOCABULARY | the body

1A Look at photos A - E . How many parts of the body can you see
and name?
lint page 158 PH O TO B A N K

B (011.1 How do you pronounce: throat, stomach, mouth, shoulder,

thumb, toes? Listen and repeat.

C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say a part of the body.
Student B: point to it in photos A - E .

LISTENING
2A W ork in pairs and discuss.
1 W hat do you do when you’ve got a cold? Do you go to work/school,
stay at home and rest or go to the doctor/take medicine?
2 W hen was the last time you were ill? W hat was the problem? W hat did
you do about it?

B Look at the health problems in the box. W hich can you see in
photos A - E ?

a runny nose his/her legs hurt a sore throat a cough a headache

a temperature (= a high temperature) his/her arms hurt stomach ache

C Look at the problems above and write the problems in the correct
place in the table.

Cold Flu Both

a runny nose

D ( 0 11.2 Listen to a radio programme and check your answers.

E Listen again. Underline the correct alternatives you hear.

1 Flu starts suddenly/slowly. You can/can’t work.
2 A cold starts suddenly/slowly. You can/can’t work.

^ sp eak o u t TIP Ill

Many words in English have a very different pronunciation from their
spelling. You can underline problem letters and write the sound
underneath, e.g. cough ache
m /k/
In your notebook, do the same for thumb and stomach.

3A Look at the sentences below. Cross out the incorrect alternative.

Then add one more word to each group.
1 I’ve got an earache / a backache / o throatachc a stomach ache
2 I’ve got a sore cough / throat / eye.
3 My runny nose / head / back hurts.
4 I feel tired / temperature / better.

B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : choose a problem and mime
it. Student B: guess what’s wrong.

108
 his month, we asked readers from
around the world, ‘What's the best
thing to do when you've got a cold?'
Here are some of their answers:
Jean from Franc 'You should drink lots of water
and get lots of sleep. Nothing else helps.’
We eat kimchi - a dish made
from cabhage. You should try it. The cabbage is full of
vitamin C and the spices in kimchi also help.’
'No medicine - you shouldn’t
take antibiotics for a cold - that's crazy. Your body can
fight the cold virus.'
‘You should eat fruit, lots of
it, especially things like oranges.'
'You should drink herbal tea
with honey and lemon in it and you should relax. You
shouldn’t go to work.'
‘That’s easy. You should have
a bowl of my grandmother's chicken soup. That’s the
perfect cure. I don’t care what anybody says - there's
nothing better.’

READING PRACTICE
6A Look at problems 1 - 4 and advice a )- h ). For each
4A Read the article about cold cures. W hich ideas in the
problem, write advice with should/shouldn’t.
text are in the pictures?
1 I’m tired.
B Read the article again. W hich person do you agree You should get more sleep.
with most? W hat do people do in your country when You shouldn’t go to bed so late.
they’ve got a cold? 2 I’m hungry.
C W ork in pairs and compare your ideas. 3 It’s raining and I have to go.
4 I feel ill.

GRAMMAR should/shouldn’t a) be here in the lesson

5A Look at the sentences and underline the correct b) eat something

alternative to complete the rules. c) get more sleep

1 You should get lots of sleep. d) go home
2 You shouldn’t go to work. e) go out now
f) go to bed so late
Rules: g) take an umbrella
1 Use should for something that is necessary/a good idea. h) miss breakfast
2 Use shouldn’t for something that is unnecessary/
a bad idea. B W ork in pairs and take turns. Cover the advice a )-h )
above. Student A : say one of the problems. Student B:
give advice with should/shouldn’t.
B Complete the table. Use the article to help.

should
lots of water. SPEAKING
You fruit.
7A W ork in groups. W hat are your ‘five tips for good
take antibiotics. health’? Make a list. Think about the things in the box.

C ® 1 1 .3 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat, sleep food exercise drink smoking other
nut page 148 L A N G U A G E B A N K
You should go to bed early.

B W ork with another group. Compare your lists and

decide on the top five tips.

109
11.2 NEVER FELT BETTER
GRAMMAR | adverbs of manner | ► VOCABULARY | common verbs | ► HOWTO | talk about how you do things

VOCABULARY com m on verbs

1A Complete the quiz with the verbs in

the box.

swim run remember forget hear

understand read climb concentrate

B W ork in pairs. A sk and answer the

questions. Add up your partner’s score and
read the results in the key.

C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A:

say a verb from Exercise 1A. Student B: say
the verb phrase. Then think of other possible

Healthy body,
nouns.
A: forget
B: forget your PIN number

healthy mind A: forget people’s names

8; forget ...

in#- page 127 I R R E G U L A R V E R B S

1 Can you _ 100 metres in a pool?

a) Yes, easily, b) Yes, but only slowly, c) No chance! GRAMMAR adverbs of m anner
2 Can you 400 metres without stopping?
a) Yes, easily, b) Y e s , I can, but not very fast, c) No, I can’t. 2A Look at the sentences and the rule.
3 Can you_______ up four sets of stairs? Underline the correct alternatives to
a) Yes, no problem, b) Yes, but it’s really hard! c) I always take the lift. complete them.
4 Can you a car number from fifty metres? 1 Can you swim 100 metres? Yes, but only
a) Yes, clearly, b) Yes, just. c) No, I have to wear glasses. slow/slowly.
5 Can yo u and someone talking to you in a noisy room? 2 Can you run 400 metres? Yes, easy/easily.
a) Yes, easily, b) Yes, but not very well, c) If they speak very loudly.
6__ Can you_______ on something (e.g. your homework) for thirty minutes Rule: Use adverbs of manner to say
without a break? how/when we do something.
a) Yes, I can. b) Yes, but not easily, c) No, I can’t.
7 Do you everything you ate the day before yesterday?
B Complete the table. Use the quiz and key
a) Yes, perfectly, b) Yes, but not easily, c) No, not really.
to help.
8 Do you often your bank PIN number or a computer password?
a) No, never, b) Not often, but sometimes, c) All the time! Adjective Adverb
KEY easy easily
a = 3 points b = 2 points c = 1 point
slow
16-24 points:
clear
Well done! You are very fit and healthy in mind and body. You do regular exercise,
you eat well and get enough sleep, so your mind and memory are clear. Don’t fast
stop! And tell your friends how they can do things to feel better. loud
9-15 points: perfect
You are quite fit and healthy in mind and body. Do you want to be fitter? Then
good
maybe you should do more exercise. Thirty minutes three times a week keeps
your mind and body young. Eat more fruit and vegetables and have oily fish once a healthy
week. Join a brain gym or look for one on the internet.
in# page 148 L A N G U A G E B A N K
1-8 points:
Maybe you should do some exercise for your body and mind. Start small! You
don't have to go to the gym. Walk more. You can get off the bus or tram one stop
before work/school and walk the rest of the way. Try to eat healthily, too and get
enough sleep - this will help your mind as well as your body.

no
 11.2

PRACTICE SPEAKING
3A Complete the sentences and make them true for you. Use the
5A W ork in pairs and discuss. Look at two
correct form of one of the words in brackets.
pages from Julie’s diary. Did she have a healthy
1 It’s easy for me to remember new words in English, (easy/hard)
weekend? W hy/W hy not?
2 I like it when the teacher speaks English________ . (quick/slow)
3 I think I speak English . (good/bad)
4 I’ve got a _________ memory, (good/bad)
S a tu rd a y 2 0 _________
5 W hen I have lunch or dinner, I usually e at______ (fast/slow)
6 I think I usually e at________ . (healthy/unhealthy) woke up late. -1 0 kcurs
7 I can’t concentrate when it’s . (quiet/noisy) steep, felt better (difficult
8 I’m usually quite . (lazy/energetic) week at work!)
B W ork in pairs and compare your sentences.
big breakfast - not venj
kealtkg!
W RITING adverbs in stories watched, DV/Ds all
4A Look at pictures A - D . W hat do you think happened? Put them in
afternoon, - popcorn and
the correct order. Use the prompts 1 - 4 to help.
coke for lunch . . .
■pizza for dinner with
friends - cake for dessert
late night - not verg
jo e d !

Sunday 2 1

I Saturday / Ken / get up / he / ride / down the road /

have breakfast / got on / bike not / look / ahead / cat / £ 4
run / in front / him
uient sw£fftm,uy

M b m t U r Ik eta ) c m * .
^ore coffee I

night - work
tomorrow?
3 he / fall off / bike / 4 evening / he / sit / at home /
broke /arm with / broken arm

B Use the prompts to write the story. Remember to use linkers.

B In your notebook, write a ‘health diary’
I On Saturday, Ken got up, had breakfast and ...
for last weekend. Make notes about:

C Change the adjectives in the box below into adverbs. Then use three • food and drink
to add to your story in Exercise 4A . • exercise
• sleep
quick careful careless dangerous early fast • relaxing
late sad slow
C W ork in groups and compare your
On Saturday, Ken got up late, had breakfast quickly ... answers. W ho had the healthiest
weekend? W hat three things can you do
D W rite the next part of the story with three more adverbs. Start with
differently next weekend?
‘Six weeks later, on Saturday morning, Ken g o t u p ...'
Last weekend I didn’t have a healthy
E W ork in pairs and exchange your stories. weekend because ...

KB

VOCABULARY problems
1A Look at the photos above and
discuss the questions.
1 W hat are the problems?
2 In each situation, what can you say to
offer to help?
B W ork in pairs. Read the questions
below and discuss.
1 Do people usually help when
someone can’t lift heavy luggage?
2 Do people usually help when an older
person is standing on a train or bus?
3 Do people usually help when
someone drops some files or papers?
4 Do people usually help when
someone is pushing a car?
5 Do people usually help when
someone suddenly falls to the
ground?
6 Do people usually help when
someone cuts his/her hand?
READING
2A Read the article quickly. Number
pictures A - C in the correct order.
B Read the article more carefully.
In which situation does the person
get help?
When someone sees a person
in trouble, do they stop and
help, or just 'walk on by'?
BBC reporter Michael
Coombes wanted to find out.
With his assistant, Kitty Dann,
he chose three situations to
test how quickly people help
or if they help.
In the first situation, Kitty dropped
some papers. A fter a few seconds,
Brian McCann came and helped her.
He said 'I saw her drop everything
and I w anted to help her. Most people
don't help these days.'
In the next situation, Kitty tried
to move a heavy sign on the street
outside a shop. She pushed and pulled
it, but no one helped her.
In the final situation, Michael fell
to the ground in the street. He stayed
there for several minutes, but no one
came to help.
Later, he asked some people w hy
they didn't help. One w om an, Claire,
said, 'I thought maybe you w ere
drunk or dead. People are afraid of
helping these days because they
don't know what's going to happen
to them .'
Eighty-two-year-old Paul Weston
said, 'You don't know if it's real or not.
You have to be very, very careful these
days. The world is different now.'
 LEARN TO thank someone
5A Look at audio script 11.4 on page 175 and complete
the sentences.
Conversation I:
Man: Here, let me help. W hat a mess!
Woman: Thank 1_________________ .
Man: No 2_________________ .

Conversation 2:
Woman: Are you all right? Shall I call an ambulance?
Man: No ... Yes ... Uh ... Thanks 3_________________ .
Woman: That’s 4_________________ .

Conversation 3:
Man: Oh, look. I’ll do that for you. W here do you want it?
Woman: Just over here, in front of the window ... Thanks
5_________________ . That’s 6________________ .
Man: You’re 7_________________ .

B Underline the ways of thanking someone. How can

you respond when someone thanks you?
n 4 page 148 L A N G U A G E B A N K

6A Look at the flowchart below and put the

conversation in the correct order.

Ask about the

problem.

Say the problem.

FUN CTIO N offering to help
Offer to help.
3A ® 11.4 Listen and match each conversation with
pictures A - C .
Accept the offer.
B Listen again and complete sentences 1 -3 below.
1 me help.
2 I call an ambulance?
1 A: That’s OK.
3 I do that for you.
2 B: Thanks a lot.
C ® 1 1 .5 Listen to the pronunciation of the offers. Then 3 A: I’ll make you a sandwich.
listen and repeat. 4 A: Are you OK?

4A Match problems 1 -5 with offers a )- e ). 5 B: No, I’m really hungry.

1 I can’t open the window. a) I’ll get it for you.
B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : look at page
2 I’m hungry. \ b) Let me carry it.
166. Student B: look at page 164. Use the flowchart to
3 I can’t reach thedictionary. \ c) I’ll make you a sandwich. help and role-play the conversation.
4 I can’t lift this bag. Yd) Shall I open the window?
5 It’s hot in here. e) Let me try ... Ooh, it’s SPEAKING
stuck.

B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say a

7A © 1 1 .6 Listen to the situations. W hat’s happening?

problem. Student B: offer to help. B W ork in pairs. Listen again and offer to help.
A: I can’t open the window. 1 _____________________________________________________
B: Let me try ... Ooh, it’s stuck. 2 ____________________________________

SI

W hen you see someone who needs help, you often start
the conversation with Are you OK? o r Are you all right? and
then offer to help.
11.4 THE OPTICIAN
P
B Watch the DVD and answer the
questions.
1A Look at the photos A - F . W hat does each person do? 1 W here is the man?
Photo A is an optician. He/She checks someone’s eyes. 2 W here does he think he is?
a) at a greengrocers
b) at a baker’s
3 W hat’s the problem with
both of the men?
a) they can’t hear very well
b) they can’t see very well
4 Which letter doesn’t the man say?
a) Y.
b) H.
5 W hy are the two men happy at
the end?
a) They don’t need glasses..
b) They can both see better.
B W ork in pairs. Look at the phrase and discuss. Do you think
it’s good advice?
Never go to an optician who wears glasses.

C W ork in pairs. Complete sentences 1-5 .

1 Never go to a hairdresser who hasn’t got any hair________
2 Never go to a doctor w h o __________________________________________
3 Never go to a fitness instructor w h o .
4 Never go to a dentist w h o ____________
5 Never go to an accountant who _

D W ork in groups and compare your answers.

► DVD VIEW 3 W atch the DVD again. Number

the sentences below in the order you
2A Read the programme information. W hy is the programme hear them.
called The Two Ronnies? a) Hello. Anybody there? 1
b) Is that better or worse?
c) Could I have two pounds of
k lu L S The Two Ronnies potatoes, please?
he Two Ronnies are the stars of one o f the longest-
T running comedy shows on British television. They both
wear glasses, they’re both
d) W hat do you see with?
e) No, you’re reading all the furniture!
f) They’re mine! They’re mine!
called Ronnie and together
^ mSS
g) Try the next line on your own.
th ey can make a sim p le
situation very complicated 'iMSr it
... and very funny! In this I / M B w
sketch, Ronnie Corbett (the I
short one) has a problem a )'
and goes into a shop to ask jR r
for help from Ronnie Barker . *
(the tall one).
speakout at a pharmacy
4A W ork in pairs and answer the questions.
1 Do you go to a pharmacy, a doctor’s, a dentist’s or a
hospital in these situations?
a) You ate some fish last night. This morning you’ve
got an awful stomach ache.
b) You broke a glass and cut your thumb badly.
w riteback a website message
5 W ork in pairs. Read the two questions from a health
message board. Choose one and complete Message 3
to give some advice. Use the key phrases to help.
Message 1 < posted ye ste rd ay;

c) You woke up this morning with earache.

Help! I started working from home three weeks
d) Your eyes are really sore.
ago. Now I’ve got terrible backache and my eyes
e) You’ve got terrible toothache.
hurt. I’m on the computer for about eight hours
f) You stayed out in the sun too long this morning.
Now you’ve got bad sunburn.
every day. Any advice?
2 Can you remember a time when you had any of these Posted by: YuchenChi, China
problems? W here were you? W hat did you do?
< Previous M essage | Next M essage >
B ® 11.7 Listen to the conversation in a pharmacy.

Message 2
W hat’s the problem? W hat does the pharmacist
< posted yesterday 5
advise?

C Look at the key phrases below. Listen again and

I stopped smoking a year ago and now I’m
tick the phrases you hear.
overweight. I often feel stressed and unhappy. I
keyphrases think I might start smoking again but I don’t want
Can you help me? I’ve got [bad toothache/a
to. What can I do?
problem with my eye]. Posted by: G reat Am igo, M exico
Have you got anything for [a headache/an earache/
sore eyes]? < Previous M essage | Next M essage >

W hen did it start?

Take [this medicine/these tablets/some painkillers].
Put [these drops in your .../this cream on your ...].
Message 3 posted today >

You [should see a doctor/shouldn’t go out in the sun].

The same thing happened to
_. Don’t worry! The best thing is to
_. Also you should__________ Why
11.5 « LOOKBACK
H EALTH PROBLEMS
1A Complete the poems.
A: W hat’s the matter? W hat’s
w r______with you?
B: I’ve got a terrible co , 1 Can you read
- a runny n , a bad s _ r _
thr_____ ...
I can’t stay here. I’m off!
A: My a_____ hurt, my I
I think I’ve got the fl_.
B: Have you got a t _ m p _ r _ t_
A: Yes, what can I do?
A: I’ve got an awful h d .
B: My f_ ng hurt a lot.
A: My e_____ are t_r_d .
B: My b_ck ’s bad.
A & B: W e don’t know what w e’ve
got!
B W ork in pairs. Read the poems.
ADVERBS
2A W rite the opposite adverbs.
1 calmly angrily
2 loudly
3 slowly
4 badly
5 carelessly
B Complete sentences with the
words in the box below and your
own ideas.
speak(s) eat(s) talk(s)
drive(s) walk(s)
I I too
(adverb).
2 My teacher sometimes___
to o _____________ (adverb).
3 My closest friend__________
_____________(adverb).
4 Everyone_____________ too
_____________(adverb).
C W ork in groups and take turns.
One student: say one of your
sentences. O ther students: give
advice or say your opinion using
should/shouldn’t
A: Everyone talks too loudly on their
mobiles.
B: Yes, they should speak quietly.
116
C O M M O N VERBS O FFER IN G T O HELP
3 W ork in pairs. Match phrases 5 W ork in pairs. W hat can you say
1 - 6 with a )- f) . Then ask and in each situation?
answer the questions. 1 You’re at a friend’s house and she
c) . breaks some glasses.
2 Do you remember 2 You’re walking down the street and
3 Did you hear someone falls off his bicycle.
3 You’re on a train and a woman next
4 Can you concentrate
to you becomes ill.
hurt, 5 Do you understand
4 You’re in a restaurant and the
6 Did you ever climb
waiter pours hot coffee on your
?
a) with the T V or radio on in the friend’s clothes.
same room? 5 Your friend is cutting vegetables and
b) trees when you were younger?^ cuts his finger badly.
c) music? 6 Your friend wants a coffee, but she
doesn’t have enough money to
d) the first day of this English class?
buy one.
e) films in English?
f) the news this morning? 6A Complete the conversation
with the words in the box.
SHOULD/SHOULDN’T
4i Shall me a ’re you
4A Read the situations and make
a note of what the person should/ A: Good morning. Can I help you?
shouldn’t do.
B: Yes, the shower in my room
ao
doesn’t work.
I
’I)
My arm hurts so I can’t use A: end someone to look at it.
my computer. I have to finish a
report by tomorrow. B: Thank. And when does the City
Museum open?
Let look on the computer ... It
opens at 10.00 today.
I’ve got a terrible backache. I’m
going on holiday tomorrow and B: Thanks. And can get me a ta x i...
I’ve got two heavy bags to carry. to go to the museum?
A: No problem. I phone for one now?
A: In about an hour, please.
I’ve got a headache and a B: Certainly.
bad sore throat. I’ve got an
important interview for a A: Thanks lot.
new job tomorrow. B: You welcome.
too
B W ork in pairs. Practise
the conversation.
My leg hurts so I can’t walk very
far. I’m going out tomorrow B ID S V ID E O P O D C A S T
night and I want to dance. D ow nload th e podcast
I ^ I and v ie w people
B W ork in pairs and take turns. ■ ■ d escribing th e ir
Role-play the three situations using 1 t 1 lifestyles and how to
your ideas above. be healthier.
Authentic
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout
 UNIT 12
S P EA K IN G
1 Talk about unusual
experiences
1 Describe movement from
one place to another
1 Phone someone about
a problem

L IS T E N IN G
1 Listen to people talking
about their experiences

UNIT
1 Watch an extract from a
documentary about sharks

R EA D IN G
1 Read about a
dangerous job

W R IT IN G
1 W rite a postcard
1 W rite about an
exciting/frightening
experience

BBC CO N TEN T
§ Video podcast: W hat’s
the most exciting thing
you’ve ever done?
O DVD: Shark Therapy

► Unforgettable ► Afraid of nothing ► I've got a problem ► Shark Therapy

12.1 UNFORGETTABLE
► G R A M M A R | present perfect I ► V O C A B U L A R Y | outdoor activities I ► H O W T O | talk about experiences

VOCABULARY outdoor activities

1A Complete the phrases below with the words in the

box. Use the photos to help you.

ride swim go sail climb watch

1 _________ an elephant / a horse

2 _________ a volcano / a mountain
3 _________ a small boat / down the Nile
4 _________ fishing / camel trekking
5 _________ in a river / in a thermal spa
6 _________ an opera / a play outdoors / birds

B W ork in pairs. Look at photos A - E and discuss the

questions.
1 Which of the activities above can you see in the photos?
2 Which activities would you like to do? Why?
3 Which activities would you not like to do? W hy not?

LISTENING
2A © 12.1 Listen to a survey. In what order do people
talk about the activities in photos A - E ? W hich two
activities don’t they talk about?

B Listen again. Tick the activities the speakers have

done.

Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3

ridden elephants

sailed down the Nile

climbed a volcano

swum in a thermal spa

118
 12.1

GRAMMAR present perfect SPEAKING

3A Look at the sentence and underline the correct 5A Complete the questions with your own ideas.
alternatives to complete the rules. 1 Have you ever been t o _______________________________

I’ve been to Guatemala and I’ve climbed that volcano. 2 Have you ever slept in a ______________________________
3 Have you ever had____________________________________

Rules: 4 Have you e ve r_________________________________________

1 Use the present perfect to talk about past events 5 Have you ever m et___________________________________
when you know the exact time/don’t know when the event
B W ork in groups. A sk and answer the questions above.
happened.
W ho has done most things in your group?
2 Use the present perfect to emphasise what/when the
A: Have you ever been to a festival?
action happened.
B: Yes, I have.

B © 1 2 .2 Listen and complete the table. C: No, I haven’t, but I’d like to.
D: No, I haven’t and I don’t want to.
sailed down the Nile,
1
haven’t to Iceland.
W RITING postcard phrases

you ever ridden an elephant? 6A Read the postcard from O liver and Kristina.

No, 1 W hich country are they visiting?

C Listen again and check. Then listen and repeat, Luxor, 12-th May
Hi everyone.
lint page 150 LANGUAGEBANK
Having a great time. It's very hot
here in the day and cold at night.
PRACTICE We sleep in tents, o r sometimes on
the boats and every day we get up The Wilson Family
4A Complete the table with the correct infinitive.
at U o'clock and have breakfast next 4?4 Church Street
infinitive past participle
to the river. We've seen the temples Pleasantville.______
in (Com Ombo and Edfu and we've
N Y 10570_________
1 drive driven taken lots o f pictures. We haven't
seen the Pyramids - that's Saturday. USA
2 flown Must go now! See you soon.
Wish you were here!
3 had
Oliver and (Cristina
4 met

5 / been
6 seen
7 slept
8 swum
B Use four of the past participles above to write
sentences about you. Two sentences should be false.
I’ve driven a Ferrari.
C W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : say your four
sentences. Student B: guess which two are false.
| l speakout
Many past participles are similar. Look for patterns to
help you remember. In your notebook, complete the verb
patterns and add another verb to each group:
meet - met, keep ...
speak - spoken, break ...
grow - grown, know ...
drive - driven, give ...
swim - swum, drink ...
B Look at the postcard again and complete the
information.
1 W rite the name and__________on the right-hand side.
2 You can write th e _________ and__________ at the top.
3 You can start a postcard w ith_________ .
C Underline four typical postcard phrases in the
postcard. W hat’s missing from each phrase? W rite the
phrases in full.
W e’re having a great time.
D Cross out words to make more postcard phrases.
1 W e ’re staying in a fantastic hotel.
2 I have to stop now.
3 I’ll speak to you soon.
4 I hope you’re all OK.
7 W ork in pairs. Write a postcard to your class. Use the
ideas above to help. Don’t write the name of the place. Then
exchange postcards with another pair and guess the place.

119
12.2 AFRAID OF NOTHING
► G R A M M A R | present perfect and past simple ► V O C A B U L A R Y | prepositions ► H O W T O | talk about past experiences

V ic was Harrison Ford’s

stunt double in all three
early Indiana Jones films.
H e has also worked on
m any James Bond films
including Die Another
Day. ‘A job on a Bond
film is the m ost fun for a
stuntman - I try out the
cars,’ says Vic.
His most famous stunt
was when he jumped
i c A r m s t r o n g is afraid from a horse onto a

V
o f nothing. He has German tank in one o f
fallen out o f windows, the Indiana Jones films.
jumped o ff bridges, Movie viewers voted
ridden a motorcycle through this ‘one o f the ten best
stunts o f all time’.
fire, climbed up the outside o f a
V ic has broken some
skyscraper and driven into a wall bones, but he says that
- because that’s his job. it’s part o f the job.
V ic is a stunt double in films and does H e now spends more tim e as a stunt director, directing other
things that m ost o f us think are crazy. stuntmen. In 2002 he worked on Gangs o f New York w ith one
o f his favourite .
directors, Martin
Scorsese. V ic says it A job_ on a
was great fun’. B o>nd
i l d ffilm
i l m iis s tth e
Now, after forty
years o f stunt most fun for a
work, the man
w ithout fear feels stuntman 55
the same way. Vic
still thinks it’s the best job in the world: ‘I enjoy m y work now as
much as when I started,’ he says. ‘A nd now, as a stunt director, I tell
other people to fall and jump. And the m oney is very very good.’

READING
1A Read the definition of stunt below.
Can you think of any famous stunts?
Stunt1 /stAnt/ noun A dangerous thing that
someone does to entertain people, especially in
a film: There's a great stunt in which his car has to
jump across a 15 metre gap.
From Longman Wordwise Dictionary.
C Read the article again. A re sentences 1 -7 true (T) or false (F)?
1 Vic played Indiana Jones when Harrison Ford was ill.
2 He likes working on Bond films because he can drive the cars.
3 Steven Speilberg is one of his favourite directors.
4 He started doing stunt work over forty years ago.
5 Vic has sometimes hurt himself in his job.
6 He doesn’t like working on films very much anymore.
7 Vic gets a lot of money for his work.

B Read the article and list the stunts the D Find five movement verbs in the first paragraph of the text. W rite the
man has done. verb, past simple and past participle.
(ffi/e?j)- fall fell fallen

120
 12.2

GRAMMAR p re s e n t p e rfe c t and p ast sim p le VOCABULARY p r e p o s it io n s

2A Look at the sentences. Underline the correct 5A Look at the pictures below. W hat is the man doing?
tense of the verbs.
B Match the prepositions in the box with the pictures A - J .
1 He has worked on many James Bond films.
(past simple/present perfect)
down through up out of under towards
2 In 2002 he worked on Gangs o f New York. away from across over into
(past simple/present perfect)

B U nderlinethe correct alternatives.

Rules:
1 With the present perfect, you say/don’t say
the exact time.
2 With the past simple, you say/don’t say the
exact time.

mi* page 150 LANGUAGEBANK

PRACTICE
3A W rite the questions in full. Use the present
perfect.
1 meet / a famous person?
Have you ever met a famous person?
2 break / your arm? C Some of the prepositions have opposites. Look at the
3 eat / anything unusual? pictures again and find the opposites of these prepositions:
4 watch / a live football match? down, over, away from, out o f

5 make / something to wear? 6 Complete the situations with a preposition of movement.

6 go / to a really hot or cold country? More than one might be possible.
1 going up/down the outside of a building in a glass lift
B W ork in pairs and take turns. A sk and answer
2 walking___________ a big dog
the questions above. Remember to ask and answer
3 going___________ a bridge when a train isgoing__________
follow-up questions using the past simple.
the bridge
A: Have you ever met a famous person?
4 walking_____ . a big park alone
B: Yes, I have. I met a famous actor last year.
5 riding a bike fast.___________ a big hill
A: Really? Who did you meet?
6 walking___________ customs at an airport
4A W ork in pairs. W rite the past participles of the 7 driving_____ . a very long tunnel
verbs in the box next to the correct sound below. 8 walking. _ a room full of new people

sleep sing speak drive buy meet

write think fly win read do give SPEAKING
choose bring
7A W ork in pairs. Make a list of some dangerous/exciting/
scary situations.
/e/ /A / /o u / / i/ / o :/
B How do you feel about situations? W rite one of the
slept sung spoken driven bought phrases in the box below next to each one.

I love it. It’s not a problem.

I really don’t like it. I’m afraid of it.
I’ve never done it. I’m not keen.

B ® 12.3 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat.
C W ork in pairs and discuss your answers.
A: How do you feel about going across a river on a rope bridge?
B: I really don’t like it.
A: Why? Have you had a bad experience?
B: Yes, two years ago I was ...
12.3 I’VE GOT A PROBLEM
► F U N C T I O N | telephoning ► V O C A B U L A R Y | telephoning expressions » ► L E A R N T O | say telephone numbers

SPEAKING
1 W ork in pairs and take turns. A sk and answer
questions 1-5 .
1 Have you ever lost your keys/passport/credit card/
mobile phone? W hat happened?
2 Have you ever locked yourself out of your house o r car?
W hat happened?
3 Have you ever missed the last train or bus home?
W hat happened?
4 Have you ever been very late for a meeting/
appointment? W hat happened?
5 Have you ever got lost in a city? W hat happened?

VOCABULARY | telephoning expressions

2A Complete the sentences with phrases from the box.

take a message leave a message call answer ring back

1 You answer the phone. It’s a call for Patricia but she’s not
in the office today so you take a message for her.
2 You phone Mark but he’s not at home so you
_______________________on his answerphone.
3 You want Mark t o _______________________ you
Extract 3
_______________________this evening.
B: Hello. 5Could I _________ to customer services, please?
4 It’s the evening. Y o u _______________________ Mark, but he’s
having a shower. A: 6Just a .

5 Ten minutes later the phone rings and you C : Customer services.
_______________________it. It’s Mark. A: Hello, I’ve got a problem.

B W ork in pairs and compare your answers. Extract 4

A: 7Could yo u me back?

FUN CTIO N | telephoning C : O f course. 8Could you give me th e there?

A:Just a m om ent... It’s 34 for Spain, 9 1 for Madrid, then
3A (►) 12.4 Listen to three conversation extracts. Which 308 5238.
situations from Exercise 1A are they?
C : 9Let m e that. 34 9 1 308 5238.
B Listen again. In which conversation(s) do the people A: That’s right.
know each other? C : Fine. Put the phone down - l0l’ll call yo u ________
4A ® 12.5 Complete the extracts with words from the straight away.
box. Then listen and check.
B Match the conversation extracts 1 - 4 with descriptions
a )—d) below.
its^ check moment tell ask there ring
a) Asking someone to call back 4
number message back leave speak call
b) Calling a business
Extract 1 c) Calling a friend
B: Hi, Sean. 1 It’s Debbie. d) Leaving a message
A: Hi, Debbie. W hat’s up?
C Underline the key stressed word in telephoning
B: 2ls Kevin ?
phrases 1-10 in Exercise 4A .
A: No, he’s not. He went out about ten minutes ago.
D ® 12.6 Listen and check. Then listen and repeat,
Extract 2
lint page 150 LANGUAGEBANK
B: 3Could I a for him?
A: O f course.
B: 4Just him t o me.
 2.3

LEARN TO say telephone numbers

6A ® 1 2 .7 Complete the phone number. Then listen

and check.
3 1 14020 = T h ree one four tw o ________

B Listen again. Draw a line between the words where

you hear a short break.

In telephone numbers:
• say ‘oh’ for the number zero.
• when there are two of the same number, e.g. 77, say
‘seven seven’ or ‘double seven’.
• say the last seven numbers of a telephone number in two
groups. First, three numbers and then four, e.g. 926 5 173.

7A W ork in pairs. Practise saying the numbers.

1 7996072
2 9954270
3 8 0 13005
4 5807713

B W ork in pairs and take turns. Student A : look at page

161. Student B: look at page 166.

SPEAKING
5A W ork in pairs. Look at the flowchart and write the
conversation in full. 8A W ork in pairs. Choose a situation from Exercise 1A.
W rite key words for your conversation in the flowchart

B W ork in pairs. Read out your conversation. out their conversation.

12.4 SHARK THERAPY

DVD PREVIEW "►I DVD VIEW

1 W ork in pairs. Look at photos A - F and answer 3A Read the programme information. W hy does Tanya
the questions. go to the Baham as?
1 Are you afraid of any of these animals? Which
ones? Why?
2 How do most people feel about sharks? Is it safe □□H Shark Therapy
anya Streeter is a world-
T
to swim with them?

famous diver but she’s

got one big problem . Sh e’s
afraid of sharks! To overcome
her fear, she needs help or
‘therapy’ and travels to the
Bahamas to get it. Here, she
learns how to swim with them
... and comes face to face with
the dangerous tiger shark.

correct alternatives.
2A Complete the sentences with words from 1 It’s safer to wear a black/green/shiny swimsuit.
the box.
2 Tanya uses a knife/stick/gun to protect herself from
the sharks.
frightened proud excited afraid
3 No/One/Two shark(s) try to bite Tanya.
nervous embarrassed
C Look at the programme extracts below. W atch the
1 Some people are frightened o r _____________ of th<
DVD again and correct the mistakes.
dark.
1 ‘A t first, it isn’t difficult.’ easy
2 When you are positive and happy before your
2 ‘I didn’t think that they were going
birthday or a party, you feel_____________
to be ... quite so ... friendly.’
3 When you are happy about something you’ve
3 ‘I noticed the mask and I think we
done, often something difficult, you feel___________
should change the mask completely.’
4 Before an exam or going to the dentist, you feel
4 ‘Jim throws meat into the water to attract
the sharks.’
5 When other people see you do something stupid
5 Tanya, look behind you over on your right.’
you feel .____.
6 T h a t was frightening! Tanya did great.’
B Complete sentences 1 -6 . 7 ‘I’ve started to overcome my very real feeling.’
1 I’m afraid o f _____________________________.
2 I get very excited before______________ . D W ork in pairs and answer the questions.
1 A t the end of the programme do you think
3 I’m not frightened o f ___________________.
Tanya was: A
4 I felt very proud when I ________________.
a) frightened?
5 I often feel nervous when_I ____________ .
b) embarrassed?
6 I feel embarrassed when_I ______________.
c) proud?
C W ork in pairs and compare ideas. 2 Would you like to try what Tanya did? W h y/W h y not?
speakout a frightening experience w riteback a story
4A Think about an exciting or frightening experience 5A Before he talked about his experience, the man
you’ve had. Look at the questions below and make made some notes. Look at the notes below and number
notes: the events in the correct order.
• How old were you?
• W here was it?
• W hat happened? (write the verb phrases)
• How did you feel?
went fo r a walk 7
• W hat happened in the end?
one dog bit my arm
• How did you feel in the end?
didn't move, didn’t look at the dogs
B © 1 2 .8 Listen to a man talk about an experience.
remembered advice
W as it exciting or frightening? W hat happened?
dogs ran towards me
C Listen again and tick the key phrases you hear,
heard some dogs
keyphrases realised / didn't know where t was
This happened in [time/place] when I was (age).
dogs Jumped and barked
One day, ... T h e n ,... After th a t,...
I felt [excited/afraid/frightened] ...
In the end, ...
It was (one of) the most [exciting/frightening] B W ork in pairs and compare your answers.
experiences I’ve ever had.
C Use your notes from Exercise 5 A and write about
your experience in 8 0 - 1 0 0 words. Remember to use
D W ork in groups and take turns. One student: talk some of the key phrases to help.
about your experience. Use the key phrases and your
notes to help. Other students: listen and ask two
questions about each event.
12.5 « LOOKBACK

O U T D O O R A CTIVITIES PRESEN T P ER FEC T A N D A D JECTIVES

1A W hat are the activities? Add PAST SIMPLE 5A Unjumble the letters and find
the vowels. 3A Complete the questions. Use the six adjectives below.
1 g_ tr_kk_ng correct form of the verb in brackets. pypha = happy
2 r_d _ an _l_ph_nt Have you e v e r ... 1 dupor
3 sw_m _n a r_v _r 1 ridden a horse? (ride) 2 xeectid
4 cl_mb a m nt n 2 _________an overnight train? (take) 3 fiarda
5 g_ sc _b _ d_v_ng 3 in a small plane? (fly) 4 onreuvs
6 t_ k _ a b t d_wn the N _ l_ 4 across a river? (swim) 5 amebearrssd
7 w _tch a p l _ y td rs 5 _________a long distance? (cycle) 6 freghtinde
8 g_ f_sh_ng 6 on a train? (sleep)
B Find five more words from Unit
9 sw_m _n ath _rm _l sp_ 7 on a mountain? (climb) 12. W rite them as jumbled words.
10 cl_mb a v _lc_n _
B W ork in pairs and take turns. A sk C W ork in pairs. Exchange papers
I I w _tch b_rds
and answer the questions in Exercise and unjumble the words.
12 r_d _ a h_rs_
3 and ask follow up questions.
A: Have you ever ... ? T E L E P H O N IN G
B W ork in pairs and discuss.
1 Which activities above can you do 6: Yes, I have. 6 A Complete the telephone
in your country? W here can you A: Oh, when was that? conversation.
do them? A: Hello, the Learn English Centre.
2 Which activities above do you PREPO SITIO N S B: Hello, 1 Sofia Mitsotakis.
think are fun/boring/exciting? 2 my teacher, Rachel, please?
3 Which activities above do you
4A Look at the word w ebs and
A: Just a moment.3 check
cross out the place/thing which
want to do/try? Why? ... I’m afraid she’s in class at the
does not go with the preposition. moment.
a country a city 4 in about half an hour?
PRESEN T P ER FEC T
B: Oh, that’s difficult.5 a
2A W rite the sentences in full.
message for her?
1 I / never / eat / fish eyes.
a wood a-road A: Sure. Go ahead.
2 I/ never / go to / an art gallery.
a country a^river B: Could you 6 me this
3 I/ never / see / a sunrise. afternoon?
4 I/ never / drive / a Mercedes. A: Yes, could you 7 number?
5 I/ never / drink / tea with milk B: It’s 0853 58230.
some stairs a road
for breakfast.
a country a bridge A: Fine. 8 her to call you. And
6 I / never / play / golf. it’s Sofia ... ?
7 I / never / cook / dinner for B: Mitsotakis. Thank you very much.
my parents.
a bathroom a mountain B W ork in pairs and role-play the
8 I / never / speak / English on
the phone. a room a river conversation. Student A : you want
9 I / never / be / to an outdoor to speak to your English teacher.
festival. Phone the school. Student B: you
a country some stairs are the receptionist. The teacher
10 I / never / hear / Oasis live.
can’t come to the phone. Continue
a city a person
B Change the last part of each the conversation with your ideas.
sentence so that it is true for you.
I’ve never eaten cabbage. BBS V ID E O P O D C A S T

□©
a bridge a room Download the podcast
I’ve never been to art gallery, but I’d
and view people talking
like to. B W ork in pairs. Student A :
about things to do in
choose one of the prepositions. Say
C W ork in pairs and compare your London and describing
the three things that can come after
answers. recent experiences.
it. Student B: guess the preposition.
A: A country, a building, a bridge
B: Over? www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout

126
IRREGULAR VERBS

V ER B PAST SIMPLE PAST PARTICIPLE VERB PAST SIMPLE PAST PARTICIPLE

be w as been lend lent lent

b e co m e b e cam e b e co m e let let let

begin began begun lie lay lain

bite bit bitten lose lost lost

b lo w b le w blow n m ake m ade m ade

b re ak b ro ke b roken m ean m eant m eant

bring brought brought m eet m et m et

build built built pay paid paid

buy bought bought put put put

catch caught caught read read read

ch o o se ch o se ch o sen ride ro d e ridden

co m e cam e co m e ring rang rung

co st co st co st run ran run

cut cut cut say said said

do did done see sa w seen

d ra w d re w d raw n sell sold sold

drink d ran k d ru n k send sen t sen t

drive d ro ve d riven shine sh o n e sh o n e

eat ate eaten sh o w sh o w ed sh o w n

fall fell fallen shut shut shut

feel felt felt sing sang sung

find found found sit sat sat

fly fle w flow n sleep slept slept

forget forgot forgotten smell sm e lle d /sm e lt sm e lle d /sm e lt

freeze fro ze frozen sp e ak sp o ke spoken

get got got spend sp en t spent

give gave given spill sp illed /sp ilt sp illed /sp ilt

go w ent gone stand sto o d sto o d

g ro w g re w g ro w n sw im sw am sw u m

have had had take to o k taken

h e ar heard heard teach taught taught

hide hid hidden tell told told

hit hit hit th in k thought thought

hold held held th ro w th re w th ro w n

hurt hurt hurt understand u n d ersto o d u n d ersto o d

keep kept kept w ake w oke w oken

kn o w knew know w ear w o re w o rn

learn le a rn e d /le a rn t le a rn e d /le a rn t w in won won

leave left left w rite w ro te w ritten

2
 I LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

1.1 Present simple: be

Positive Questions and short answers

am Yes, am.
1 fine, thanks. Am 1
married? 1
’m
No, ’m not.
are
+ You/W e/They students. Yes, are.
’re 7 Are you/we/they tourists? you/we/they
No, aren’t.
is
He/She/It in class 3A.
’s Yes, is.
Is he/she/it OK? he/she/it
No, isn’t.
Use contractions in speaking, e.g. I’m ... N O T
■ham ... ’ = a missing letter, e.g. You aren’t ...
N O T You are not
\A
It is good. Is it good?
You is singular (I person) or plural (2+ people).
Use be + subject (I/You/He, etc.) for the question.
Don’t use contractions in positive short
answers, e.g. Yes, she is. N O T Yes, she’s. Use be to say who a person is or what an object is: I’m James. It’s a pen.
Use be to say where a person or a thing is from: She’s American. Spaghetti
Negative is Italian.
Use be to talk about people’s jobs: I’m a student. M y mother’s a teacher.
1 ’m not very well.
Use be to talk about a person’s age: I’m eighteen. M ark’s twenty-four.
- You/W e/They aren’t students.
Use be to say where something is: The Eiffel Tower is in France.
He/She/It isn’t here.
Use be to say how much something is: It’s twelve eums.

W hen speaking, it is also possible to use You/

We/They’re not and He/She/It’s not.

1.2 this/that, these/those possessi ves; mine/yours

near far It’s Akira’s bag.

singular this bag that bag They’re Chris’s magazines.

plural these bags those bags These are the student’s books.

Use Akira’s bag N O T the bag o f Akira.

It is also possible to say Akira’s without repeating the noun: Is this John’s
bag? No, it’s Akira’s.
Use my/your + noun: my /your magazine
W e use mine/yours + no noun in short answers: Is this Ben’s mobile? No,
it isn’t Ben’s. It’s mine.

1.3 making requests

a sandwich, please?
Can have Use Can/Could + I + infinitive to make requests.
one of those batteries, please?
1 Note: could is often more formal than can.
send a package, please?
Could W hen speaking, reply: Yes, o f course. / Here you are.
change these dollars for yen, please?

128
 LB I
P R A C T IC E I

1.1 A Complete the sentences B Complete the conversation. Use C Put the words in the correct
with positive forms of be. Use the correct forms of be. order. Start with the underlined
contractions. Farah: I you Cindy? word.
1 1 Sonia D ’Angelo. Jenny: No, I 2 1 in / Debra / the / cafe / isn’t.
2 They at university. I3 Jennifer. 2 name / your / Js / Khan?
4
3 It Tuesday today. Farah: you a student? 3 at / Mrs / aren’t / Mr / airport /
4 Julio on holiday. Jenny: No, I 5 the and / Cabrera / the.
teacher! 6 you 4 friend / is / Paolo / This / my.
5 We from the BBC.
a student? 5 their / W hat / names / are?
6 You in my class,
Yasmin. Farah: Yes, 17 6 centre / ’s / W here / health / the?
Jenny: O K , please sit down.

1.2 A Complete the conversations. Use C Change the conversations so

this, that, these or those. they don’t repeat the nouns.
Conversation I Conversation I
A: Brigitte,_____________ is Phil. A: Hey! That’s my pen!
B: Hello, Phil. Nice to meet you. mine
B: No, it isn’t. It’s m^pen. Your pen is
A: A n d _____________ are my children.
over there.
_____________ is Tom and_____________
is Chris. Conversation 2

B: Hi! A: I think these are Stefan’s books.

Conversation 2 B: No, they aren’t Stefan’s books.

A: Is_____________ your car over there?
B: Yes, it is. It’s great! And very fast!
Conversation 3
A: One o f _____________cakes, please.
B : _____________ one here?
A: N o ,. one there.
4 These are John/John’s keys.
Maybe they’re Daniela’s books.
B Underline the correct alternative. Conversation 3
1 It’s the laptop of Megan/Megan’s A: Is this your mobile?
laptop.
B: No, it’s Jason’s mobile. My mobile
2 Are those your/yours sunglasses? is black.
3 This is my newspaper. That’s your/
Conversation 4
yours!
A: Thanks for a lovely evening!
B: Thank you for coming. Is this your
5 W here’s my/mine wallet?
coat?
6 This is Angela’s book. My/Mine is
A: No, it isn’t my coat. It’s Sam’s coat.
here.
This is my coat.

1.3 A Complete the conversation with words in the box. A: It’s I dollar to 0 .6 5 1 euros. So that’s 6 5 .1 euros.
B: Oh. Could 15_____________ these pounds too, please?
exchange That’s please could For change Can euros A: 6_____________euros?
B: Yes, 7_____________
A: 1_____________ I help you?
A: 8_____________25 euros.
B: Yes, 2 I change these dollars fo r 3_____________,
please? B: Thank you.
A: Yes, of course.
B: W hat’s the 4_____________ rate today?

129
2 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

present simple: l/you/we/they questions and short answers

drink coffee? + Yes, do.

7 Do l/you/we/they l/you/we/they
like tennis? - No, don’t.

Use Do + subject + verb for a question. Do you have lunch at home?

In short answers, use Yes, I do and No, I don’t. N O T Yes, I like or No, I don’t like.

present simple: l/you/we/they positive and negative statements

Use the present simple to talk about:
1 love films.
+ • things which are always true: I come from Spain. I like cats.
You go running every day.
• habits and routines: W e take a lot o f photos.
We take a lot of photos.
They In the negative, use don’t + verb: / don’t like working at the weekend.
- don’t read books.
W hen speaking, use the contraction don’t (= do not).

present simple: helshelit positive and negative statements

verb + -s - He/She/It doesn’t like cats.

comes from Japan.
verb ending in -ch, -sh, -s, -x + -es
He watches TV. In the negative, use doesn’t + verb:
do and go + -es H e doesn’t want to come.
She does everything.
verb ending in a consonant + -y, When speaking, use the
It flies to the USA.
change -y to -ies contraction doesn’t (= does not).
has lunch
have change to has

present simple: helshelit questions and short answers

+ Yes, does.
7 Does he/she/it come from Italy? he/she/it
No, doesn’t.

Use Does + subject + verb to make a question: Does she g et home late?
In short answers, use Yes, it does and No, it doesn’t N O T Yes, it comes or No it doesn’t come

asking for information

The answers to what time/when questions are times/time
W hat time start?
phrases. Use in, at and on with these time phrases:
When finish?
it
does leave in at on
W here the tour
from? 9 o’clock, 7.30
the morning
How much cost? midnight Saturday
the afternoon
night Sunday
the evening
Do you take credit cards? the weekend

130
 LB 2
P R A C T IC E

A Put the words in the correct order to make questions. C Complete the sentences with the correct form of the
1 you / Do / classes / like / English / your ? verbs in the box.
Do you like your English classes?
2 running / every day / go / they / Do ? go eat read watch listen to drink work

3 chat / you / friends / Do / with / alot ?

I I don’t go running because I’m not very active!
4 junk / like / you / Do / food ?
2 We sport on T V a lot because we really like it.
5 T V / on / watch / they / football / Do ?
3 I junk food because I don’t like it.
6 cinema / the / to / go / you / Do / a lot ?
4 They on Sundays - just relax all day!
B Look at the short answers to the questions above and 5 I books in English because it’s good practice.
correct the mistakes. 6 We coffee late at night. W e have milk or tea.
1 Yes, I tike, do 3 Yes, we do chat. 5 No, they not. 7 You music a lot. W hat’s your favourite band?
2 No, we don’t. 4 No, I don’t like. 6 Yes, we go.

A W rite the h e/sh e/it form of the verbs. C Correct the mistakes.
1 eat eats 3 understand 5 wash 7 write 9 play 1 Dan likes dogs, but he no like cats.
2 study 4 take 6 chat 8 have 10 do 2 Tariq drinks coffee, but he don’t drink tea.
3 Sophia reads magazines, but she reads not books.
B Complete the texts with the verbs in the box. Use the
4 Lara works at the weekend, but she does w ork on
present simple in the correct form.
Monday.

go listen to watch study get up drink read 5 The hotel room has a television and a telephone, but it
no have an internet connection.
meet work start have finish relax talk
D Complete the conversation.

Simona is a student. She 1_____________ late, at 10a.m., A: 1

2_____________ some black coffee and then 3____________ B: No, I 2 but my wife 3
to classes at the university. In the afternoon, she A: Oh. w hat4 she do?
4_____________in the library. In the evening, she 5_____
B: She 5 English at a school.
T V or 6_____________ music.
A: Oh. And 6 she like it?
B: Yes. she 7 . Well, she 8 like working
Beatrice is a businesswoman. She 7
in the evening, but she 9 her students.
breakfast at 6 a.m. and 8____________ work at 8. In the
morning, she 9__________
__________ her emails and A: And w h a t10 you do all day?
10 _ to people on the phone. Beatrice’s B: 1 11 T V and 12 with my friend Bob
husband 1L ___________ near her office, so they on the phone.
12 . and have lunch together. She
13 A: Oh, and what 13 Bob do?
.w o rk at 6p.m. and in the evening she
just 14 at home. B: He’s a film reviewer. He 14 about films on TV.

A Look at the table. Use the information to write B Read the text and correct the mistakes. Add in, on or
questions for answers 1 -8 . a t in ten places.

leaves 8.30
train $30 The weekend we do a lot Saturday, but Sunday we have a
arrives 10.15
relaxing day. W e get up 10 o’clock the morning and have
opens 10.00
museum $15
closes 6.00 a late breakfast. W e have lunch about 2 o’clock and then

I 8.30 2 I0 .I5 3 $30 4 10.00 5 6.00 6 $15 the afternoon we relax at home. The evening we watch a

What time/When does the train leave? DVD or something on T V and then we go to bed about

11.30 night.
3 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

adverbs of frequency modifiers

never hardly ever sometimes often usually always
I’m
talkative.
0% 10% 40% 60% 80% 100% Yuki’s very
good.
My friend’s really
Use adverbs of frequency to say how often you do something: I usually happy.
have breakfast at home. She’s never late. He’s/She’s/lt’s quite
boring.
The adverbs go before most verbs: H e never listens to me but after the W e ’re not very
interesting.
verb be: Sarah is always friendly. They’re
Usually and sometimes can also go at the beginning of a sentence: I’m quite happy. N O T I’m happy quite.
Sometimes Ahmed phones me after midnight

have/has got

I/You/ ’ve I/you/ Yes, I/you/ have.

three sisters. Have
+ W e/They (have) we/they we/they
got an aunt? No, haven’t.
?
He/She/It ’s (has) an iPod?
got he/she/ Yes, he/she/ has.
I/You/ Has
haven’t it No, it hasn’t.
- W e/They a phone.
In questions, use any before plural nouns, and a before singular
He/She/It hasn’t
nouns: Have you got any children? Have you got a car?
Use have/has got to talk about family and possessions.
Use contractions when speaking, e.g. I ’ve got,
she’s got
In the negative, use any before plural nouns:
I haven’t got any brothers.

making arrangements making suggestions

W hat to do? going to the cinema?

do you want How about
W hat time to go? meeting at half past five?

W hat ’s good for you? Use How about + infinitive + -ing.

Are you free tonight?
responding to suggestions

Sounds good.
+ That’s a good idea.
OK.

Mmm. That’s a
- problem.
Sorry, I’m busy.
 LB 3
P R A C T IC E “ I

3.1 A Put the words in the correct order to make six C Complete the sentences with not very, quite, very or
sentences. really and an adjective from the box.
1 late / students / The / never / are
2 homework / their / always / They / do quiet intelligent funny talkative good (x2) easy

3 hardly / ever / rains / here / It

1 Sue never talks. She’s very q u iet.
4 T V / the morning / in / usually / W e / watch / don’t
2 People like Juan because he’s _____________ and we laugh
5 quiet / I / am / very / sometimes a lot.
6 lesson / funny / is / The / often 3 This classroom is _____________ - not too big, not too small.
4 The other students in this group a re _____________. They
B Add an adverb of frequency to each sentence. Use
always get good marks in exams.
the information in brackets to help.
5 English is , but I like it.
1 I get up early. (0%) I never get up early.
2 I have breakfast with my family. ( 100%) 6 I’m . | |jke to talk to people a lot to practice
my English.
3 My father reads the paper. (80%)
7 Mmm! This chocolate is _____________!
4 W e ’re tired in the morning. (60%)
5 I get up before 7a.m. (10%)
6 I drink coffee. (0%)
7 He’s late. (40%)

3.2 A Complete the conversation with have/has got. B Complete the questions. Use the correct form of
A: 1____________ you 2_____________ any brothers or sisters? be or have g o t
B: Yes, 13_____________ one sister, but I 4_____________any I Are (you) married?
brothers. 2 (you) a mobile?
A: 5____________ you 6_____________ any children? 3 _____________ (your classroom) a TV?
B: Yes, I 7_____________. I 8_____________three sons and a 4 _____________ (your best friend) very talkative?
daughter, Annie. She 9_____________a son and a daughter. 5 (you) usually early or late for class?
And two of my sons 10_____________two children each.
6 (you) a diary with you?
Charlie 11 two sons, and Andy 12_____________
two daughters. 7 (you) cold?

A: And your sister? 13_____________ she_14_____________ any 8 _____________ (your brother) twenty or twenty-one?
children?
B: Yes, Maggie 15_____________ a son and a daughter, too.

3.3 A Complete the conversation.

Paolo: Hi, Carl. 1 on Thursday evening?
Carl: No. but2 about Friday or Saturday?
Paolo: W hat’s 3 you?
Carl: Saturday’s good.4 to do?
Paolo: 5 to the theatre?
Carl: Great. W hat’s on?
Paolo: It’s the Royal Shakespeare Company doing Macbeth.
Carl: Sounds good. W h a t6 to meet?
Paolo: 7 at seven o ’clock? A t the theatre?
Carl: O K. See you there.
4 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

there is/are

’s a balcony. a T V in the Yes, is.

+ There Is there there
are three bedrooms. bedroom? No, isn’t.

isn’t a garden. two bedrooms? Yes, are.

- There Are there there
aren’t any chairs. any shelves? No, aren’t.

Use there is and there are to say that something exists.

Use there is and there are to talk about places and things and people in places: There's a health centre five
minutes from here. There’s a spider in the bathroom! There are only five students in class today.

In negatives and questions, with plurals, use there aren’t/are there + any + noun: There aren’t any tables.
Are there any chairs?

can for possibility

+ I/You/ can I/you/ buy Yes, I/you/ can.

He/She/It/ come with me. ? Can he/she/it/ English he/she/it/
- W e/They can’t we/they food? No, we/they can’t

Use can to say something is possible and can’t (cannot) to say something is impossible.

buying in shops
It’s
big.
It’s
too small.
very expensive.
They re
long.

Use very + adjective with positive and negative ideas: It’s very good. It’s very
expensive.
Use too + adjective with negative ideas: It’s too small. = It’s a problem for me.
Don’t use too with positive ideas: It’s very nice. N O T It’s too nice.

It’s big
not small enough.
They’re long

Use not + adjective to explain what is wrong with an object: I’m sorry, it’s not big
enough. Have you got it in a large?

extra large/large/medium/small?
Have you got it in
green/blue?

is it?
How much
are they?

134
 LB 4
P R A C T IC E

A W rite sentences with the promts below. Use there B Complete the questions with is/are there.
is/are or there isn’t/aren’t. 1 How many chairs in the living room?
1 2 / table / kitchen There are two tables in the kitchen. 2 a desk in your bedroom?
2 4 / chair / living room 3 How many bedrooms in your flat?
3 2 / bedroom / my flat 4 a study?
4 0 / sofa / my living room 5 a separate dining room?
5 a bathroom / upstairs 6 How many bathrooms in your flat?
6 0 / any shelves / the bedroom

4.2 A W rite questions about a hotel/apartment for B Look at the table. Complete the sentences below with
pictures 1 -5 . Use Can y o u .. . there? can or can’t.

seaside hotel beach apartment

I Can you cook there?

(3 r no yes

P yes no

no no

no yes
CV V

nj i
p IR
zjJ° r—'
no yes

A t the seaside ho tel.. A t the beach apartment.

1 you can’t cook. 6 _________________

2 ____________ 7 ____________________
3 ______________________ 8 __________
4 ______________________ 9 ____________________
5 ______________________ 10 ________________

.3 A Complete the conversation.

Customer: Excuse me. 1________________________________________this______________ large?
Assistant: Hold on. I’ll check ... Yes, here you are.
Customer: Oh, blue. 2________________________________________ it______________ green?
Assistant: Large in green? No. Here’s a medium. Is that OK?
Customer: Oh, no! That’s 3_____________ big_____________ .
Assistant: Ah, here’s a large in purple!
Customer: G re at.4____________________________is it?
Assistant: £59.99.
Customer: O h ... that’s too 5_____________, sorry. Thanks anyway.
5 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

5.1 Countable and uncountable nouns
There are two kinds of noun in English: countable nouns and
uncountable nouns.
• Countable nouns are things you can count. They are
singular or plural: a banana, an apple, potatoes
• Uncountable nouns are things you can’t count in English:
water, rice, bread. They are never plural. N O T one water,
two rices, three breads
• Drinks are usually uncountable: coffee, tea, juice but you
can say a juice (= a glass of juice) or three coffees (= three
cups of coffee).
• It is also possible to use containers with the noun to show
quantity: a glass o f water, two packets o f rice
Nouns with a/an, some, any
• Use a/an + singular countable noun: I’ve got an apple.
Nouns with atan, some, any
• Use There + is/are + some + singular/plural countable
noun to say something exists: There’s a bottle o f water.
There are some carrots.
• Use There + is + some + uncountable noun in the singular
to say something exists: There’s som e milk. N O T There
are some milk.
• Use There isn’t + a/an + singular countable noun to say
something doesn’t exist: There isn’t a cucumber in the
fridge.
• Use There aren’t + any + plural countable noun or
uncountable noun to say something doesn’t exist: There
aren’t any tomatoes. There isn’t any butter.
• Use Is + there + a!an + singular countable noun to ask
about something: Is there a bottle o f orange juice in the
fridge?

• Use some + plural countable noun or uncountable noun in • Use Are + there + any + plural countable noun or
positive sentences: W eVe got som e vegetables. uncountable noun to ask about something: A re there any
apples? Is there any salad?
• Use any + plural countable noun or uncountable noun in
questions and negative sentences to ask about things: Have
you got any sweets? We haven’t got any coffee.

• Usually use some (N O T any) + in plural countable noun or

uncountable noun in questions to ask for things or to offer
something to a person: Can I have some coffee? Do you
want some tea?

5.2 How much/many

Use how much/many to find out what amount of something someone has or there is.

• Ask questions with how many + plural countable nouns: How many tomatoes are there in that bag? H ow many vegetables
do you eat in a week?

• Ask questions with how much + uncountable nouns: H ow much sugar have we got? H ow much milk is there in the fridge?

Quantifiers
Use these quantifiers for short answers to
Uncountable
How much/many ...? How much cheese have we
A lot. / Lots. H got? None.
Quite a lot. V
How much water do you drink every day? Use a lot/lots (of), quite a lot (of), not much/many
Not much. W + noun: I eat lots of fruit I don’t drink much water.
None. T W e use no + noun. There's no milk.
Countable N O T Them’s none milk.

A lot. / Lots. H
Quite a lot. V
How many apples do you eat?
Not many. W
None. !

5.3 Ordering in a restaurant

Could 1 Yes, of course.

have a glass of water please? +
Can 1 Yes, certainly.
some vegetable soup
I’d like please. - I’m sorry, we haven’t got any soup.

136
 LB 5
P R A C T IC E

5.1 A Look at the sentences and correct the mistakes. C Complete the conversation.
1 Do you often eat chickens? Man: W hat’s for dinner?
2 Sylvie doesn’t like fruits. Woman: Well, let’s see. Oh no, we haven’t g o t1_____________ eggs.
3 No, thanks. I don’t eat sardine. Man: So I can’t make an omelette. 2_____________ there
4 My parents hardly ever drink wines. _____________ spaghetti?

5 Does she eat meats? Woman: Yes, there’s 3 packet of spaghetti.

6 I usually put butters on my bread, not margarines.
7 He doesn’t like sugars in his tea.
B W hat does the customer buy? W rite a/an or som e
and the types of food you see in the picture.
A = some bread
Man: Have we g o t4_____________ tomatoes?
Woman: Yes, but there 5_____________ only one.
Man: Oh. 6_____________there______________ butter?
Woman: Yeah, w e’ve g o t7_____________ butter.
Man: Great. So dinner is ... spaghetti with butter on it!?

5.2 A Complete the questions with How much/many.

1 _____________tea or coffee do you drink in the evening?
2 _____________people are there in this room?
3 _____________homework do you do every day?
4 _____________eggs are there in an omelette?
5 _____________hours do you sleep every night?
6 _____________children have you got?

B Complete the sentences about the picture. Use

a lot of, quite a lot of, not much/many, none or no.
1 There ore a lot o f women.
2 T h e re ______________ men or children.
3 T h e re _____________ water.
4 T h e re _____________ empty glasses.
5 T h e re _____________ food.
6 T h e re _____________ fruit juice.

5.3 A Complete the conversation in a restaurant. W aiter: W hat sort of vegetables 3_____________ you
________________7
Waiter: Are you ready to order?
Customer: 4_____________I have potatoes and green peas?
Customer: Yes, 1_____________ I have some tomato soup,
________________ 7 W aiter: 5_____________yo u _____________ a salad with that?
W aiter: And for the main course? Customer: No, thank you.
Customer: I 2 like roast beef. W aiter: And something to drink?
Customer: 6_____________like a mineral water, please.
W aiter: Yes, of course.

137
6 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

past simple: waslwere

I/He/She/It was I/he/ Yes, I/he/ was.

+ Was
You/W e/They were happy. she/it No, she/it wasn’t.
at home?
I/He/She/It wasn’t born in 2004. you/w e/ Yes, you/w e/ were.
- W ere
You/W e/They weren’t they No, they weren’t.

The past simple of be is was/were. Use was/were to talk about the past.
W hen speaking, use contractions: wasn’t = was not, weren’t = were not.

6.2 past simple

regular verbs

started a new school. most verbs + -ed

I/You/H e/ lived in Spain. verb ending in -e + -d

+ She/It/W e/ studied English. verb ending in a consonant + -y, change to -ied
They
verb ending in a consonant-vowel-consonant,
travelled a lot.
double the final consonant + -ed

Use the past simple to talk about things which started and finished in the past: I travelled to Egypt last year. (I’m not in Egypt now.)

irregular verbs negatives with regular and irregular verbs

I/You/H e/She/It went home. I/You/H e/She/It like the food.

+ - didn t
W e/They had a big meal. W e/They have a D V D player.

Many common verbs have an irregular past The negative is the same for regular and irregular verbs,
simple form. Look at the list on page 127. Use ^ + y e rb ;, ^ WQrk ,QSt week (regu|ar) N O T

worked. They didn’t get married, (irregular) N O T I didn’t got married.

Questions and short answers

Yes, did.
stop? I/you/he/she/
Did
No, it/we/they didn’t.
come?

W here/W hen/W hy l/you/he/she/it/we/they go? W e went to the park. W e played tennis.

W hat/W ho did see? 1saw Jane.

travel?
How W e took the bus to the park.

In questions, use (question word +) did + subject + infinitive: Did you go? N O T Did you went?

6.3 making conversation

Asking about the weekend Answering Showing interest

How was your weekend? It was great/terrible!

Not bad/OK. Really?
W hat did you do at the weekend? Nothing special. That sounds nice/great/lovely/
W here did you go? 1went to the park. good/interesting/terrible.

W hat did you do? 1played tennis with my friends. That’s a shame.

W ho did you go with? John, Steve and Amy.

In spoken English, when you show interest, it’s possible to leave out That, e.g. Sounds great/terrible!

138
 LB 6
P R A C T IC E ” ” ■

6.1 A Put the words in the correct order. Add capital letters. B Complete the answers to the questions in Exercise A .
1 child / were / a / you / happy? 1 Yes, 1
2 was / holiday / your / how? 2 It great, thanks.
3 yesterday / concert / at / Jack / was / the? 3 No, he
4 were / last / night / the / open / windows? 4 Yes, they
5 people / the / many / at / there / how / were / party? 5 There about fifty.

6.2 A Complete the sentences with verbs in B Read the text. Then complete the story about yesterday with the verbs
the box. Use the past simple. in brackets in the correct form.

dance play (x2) love study (x2) Tom usually gets up at six, does some exercise and walks to work. He
listen to work eats lunch alone, leaves work at five, meets his girlfriend for dinner. Then
he reads a book in the evening, drinks a cup of tea and goes to bed early.
I Mickjagger_ economics in But yesterday was different, he d id n ’t get up (not get up) at six, he
London in 1961. 2 (get up) at eight. He 3______________(not do) any exercise and
Madonna________ the drums in a he 4_____________(drive) to work. He 5______________ (not have) lunch alone
band called The Breakfast Club. - he 6_____________(meet) his friend Sally at a restaurant. She 7_____________
W hen she was four, Shakira___ (tell) him about her problems, but he 8_____________ (not listen). He
on the table to some Arabic music. 9_____________ (not meet) his girlfriend for dinner - he 10_____________ (eat)
alone, then 11 (watch) a DVD. Two things 12_____________ (not
Brad Pitt_____________ as a driver before
change): he 13 (drink) a cup of tea and 14_____________ (go) to
he was a film star.
bed early as usual.
Cate Blanchett the piano
every day when she was young.
C Complete the questions using the answers to help. W ho is the famous
6 Jean-Claude Van Dam m e_____________ person?
ballet for five years.
1 Born? In 1963. He was born in Kentucky, USA.
7 Shizuka Arakawa_____________ swimming 7
When was he born
and ballet when she was young.
2 Lived when young? In a lot of different places. His family moved
8 Ronaldinho samba music 7 twenty times.
W here
when he was young.
3 Began film work? He began acting in films in 1984. His first film
When 7 was A Nightmare on Elm Street.
4 W hat role had most Captain Jack Sparrow in Pirates of the Caribbean.
fun playing?
W hat 7

6.3 A Complete the conversation.

A: Hi, Chris. How 1__________________________ weekend? A: Really? W here 5___________________________ go?
B: Not bad. B: Oh, just to the swimming pool. And you? W hat did you
A: W h a t2__________________________ do? 6__________________________ the weekend?

B: I stayed at home on Saturday and did my homework. A: Liz and I went clubbing on Friday night. Then I stayed in
On Sunday we went swimming. bed all weekend.

A : 3___________________________ good. W ho did 4_____________ B: 7__________________________ great!

_____________ with? A: It wasn’t great - I was ill.
B: With my sister and her family. They’ve got three kids. B: Oh, 8_____________ a shame!

139
7 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

comparatives

adjective comparative rule

one-syllable adjectives cold colder

+ -er
some two-syllable adjectives quiet quieter

adjectives: ending in -e large larger + -r

ending in -y noisy noisier y + -ier
ending in a consonant + vowel + consonant hot hotter double the final consonant

many two-syllable adjectives boring more boring

more + adjective
all longer adjectives expensive more expensive

good better
irregular adjectives
bad worse

Use comparatives (+ than) to compare things and people.

Use than not that with comparatives: A restaurant is quieter than a disco. N O T A restaurant is quieter that a disco.

superlatives

adjective comparative superlative rule

cold colder the coldest the + -est

nice nicer the nicest the + -st
friendly friendlier the friendliest th ey + -iest
big bigger the biggest double the final consonant

boring more boring the most boring

the most + adjective
interesting more interesting the most interesting

good better the best

bad worse the worst

Use superlatives to talk about the number one thing in a group: Maria’s spelling is the best in the class.
Note: The spelling rules for superlatives are the same as for comparatives.

asking for/giving directions

Go straight on. / ahead.

down/past the High Street, /the bank.

Turn left/right into East Avenue.

Take the first/second/third left, /right.

It’s on the left/right.

Use imperatives (e.g. turn, take, go) to give directions.

In speaking, it is also possible to add You: You go past the cinema and turn left.
To ask for directions, use Can you tell me the way to + place: Can you tell me the way to the sports centre?
W hen speaking, check information by repeating what you hear: The third right? So, / take the next left?
Correct information by stressing the correction: No, the first right. No, the next right

140
 P R A C T IC E

7.1 A W rite the comparative of the adjectives. B Complete the sentences with comparatives. Use the adjectives
1 fast faster in brackets to help.
2 close _____________________ 1 A cafe is quieter than a nightclub, (quiet)

3 big ---------------------- 2 Travelling by train is flying, (slow)

4 beautiful _____________________ 3 A nightrluh is a rafe. (noisy)

5 easy _____________________ 4 It’s in India in Fneland. (hot)

6 cheap _____________________ 5 Eating at a cafe is eating in a

restaurant, (cheap)
7 important _____________________
6 The weather is in autumn in summer.
8 happy _____________________

7.2 A W rite the su perlative of the iong busy big high good old deep popular
adjectives.
1 great the greatest 1 The longest bridge in the world is the Pearl Bridge in Japan. It’s 1,9 9 1
2 quiet metres.

3 comfortable 2 ______________tourist destination in Europe is Disneyland Paris. Over

twelve million people visit it in a year.
4 close
3 ______________and_______________ lake in the world is Lake Baikal, in
5 noisy
southern Siberia, Russia. It’s 1,600 meters deep and over twenty-five
6 cheap million years old.
7 interesting 4 ______________jungle (rainforest) in the world is the Amazon. It’s four
8 hot million square kilometres.
9 fast 5 ______________mountain in the USA is Mount McKinley. It’s 6 ,194 metres.
10 crowded ______________view is at the top.
6 ______________train station in the world is the Shinjuku Station in Tokyo.
B Complete the sentences. Use the O ver three million people use it every day and it has over 200 exits.
superlative of the adjectives in the
box.

7.3 A Read the conversation. Add six more

missing words.
me
A: Excuse/. Can you tell me way to the beach?

B: Yes, you right at the cinema. Then go

straight for about five minutes.

A: Five minutes?

B: Yes, and then turn left Menier Avenue and

then take second street on right. I think

it’s Grand Avenue. You can see the beach

straight ahead.

A: Thank you very much.

EED
8 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

Present continuous

1 ’m 1 am.
having a great time, Am 1 Yes,
He/She/It ’s
+ sitting on the balcony, you/we/they are.
Yo u /W e/ leaving?
’re waiting for a train. you/
They 1 ’m not.
? Are w e/ No,
1 ’m not they you/we/they aren’t.
enjoying this food,
He/She/It isn’t he/ Yes, is.
- working at the moment,
Yo u /W e/ Is she/ working? he/she/it
aren’t doing anything. No, isn’t.
They it

Use the present continuous to speak about something

Spelling -ing
happening now/at this moment.

In speaking, usually use the contracted form: I am not = wait waiting

Most verbs + -ing
I'm not. N O T / am not. do doing
In the negative, also use: H e ’s not working. They’re not write writing
doing anything. Verbs ending in -e, -e- + -ing
take taking

Most verbs ending in a

swim swimming
consonant-vowel-consonant,
run running
double the final consonant

Present simple and present continuous

Mario often wears a jacket and tie.

Now he ’s wearing jeans and a T-shirt.

do do? I’m a police officer.

W hat you
are doing? I’m writing down your number!

Use the present simple to talk about habits or routines: We often

watch DVDs on Friday evenings.

Also use it to talk about things which are always true or true for a
long time: Elinor works in the city centre.

Use the present continuous to speak about something happening at

this moment: Sorry, I can’t chat now. I ’m watching a new DVD.

Asking for a recommendation Giving a recommendation

W hat do you recommend? W hat kind of films do you like?

this DVD? 1think Gold River.

Do you think I’d like you’d like
it? 1don’t think it.

There’s a good film called Impact.

 LB 8
P R A C T IC E

A W rite the -ing form of the verbs. B W rite a phone conversation using the prompts below.
1 live Bruno: Hi, Gerald. It’s me. you / sleep? Are you sleeping?
2 go Gerald: No, I’m at work. 1/ read.
3 rnme Bruno: W hat / you / read?
4 put ----------- Gerald: 1/ read some reports. W hat / you / do?
5 feel Bruno: Karl and 1/ play cards and listen / to music.
6 makp ----------- Gerald: Hey, why / you / not / work?
7 get Bruno: 1/ take a break.
8 stand Gerald: Uh-oh. 1/ talk on the speaker phone. The boss / listen.
9 drive Bruno: you / joke?
10 m eet
Boss: No, he / not / joke!

8.2 A Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box B Complete the questions with the verbs in brackets. Use
in the correct form. the present simple or the present continuous.
1 Do you study English every day? (study)
w ear (x2) listen to (x2) write have (x2) 2 ____________ y o u _____________ English now? (study)
phone stay(x2) watch (x2)
3 _____________ your best friend_____________ every day? (work)

1 I wear glasses but I ’m not wearing them 4 _____________ your best friend_____________ at the
now. moment? (work)

2 I don’t normally__________________ TV, but I
__________________ it now.
3 W e usually__________________ salad for lunch, but today
w e __________________ sandwiches.
4 I __________________ my mother an email at the moment -
usually I __________________ her.
5 W e often_________________ classicalmusic in the office,
but today w e __________________ pop.
6 He usually__________________ in a five-star hotel, but now
h e __________________ in a self-catering apartment.
5 _____________ your teacher_____________ blue today? (wear)
6 _____________ your teacher often_____________blue? (wear)
7 you usually_____________ grammar exercises
alone? (do)
8 ____________ yo u _____________ this exercise alone? (do)
9 ____________ y o u _____________ to English shows/music
a lot? (listen to)
10 ____________ yo u _____________ to English shows/music at the
moment? (listen to)

8.3 A Read the conversation and correct the mistakes.

Ines: I’d like to watch a good DVD. W hat recommend?
Pedro: W hat films you like?
Ines: Action films, mostly. Yes, and comedies.
Pedro: It’s a good film called Rush Hour.
Ines: W ho in it?
Pedro: Jackie Chan and Chris Tucker.
Ines: W hat’s about?
Pedro: Jackie Chan is a detective and he comes to New
York to help a friend.
Ines: You think I like?
Pedro: Yeah, I think so. I’ll bring it tomorrow and you can
borrow it.
9 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

9.1 articles

no article a/an

before plural before singular It’s a Ferarri.

nouns when 1like cats, but 1don’t like dogs. usually nouns I’ve got a younger brother.
we speak in Sweets are bad for you. use a/an
before jobs My sister’s a teacher.
general
usually
before cities Shanghai is in China.
use no the
and countries 1went to Russia last year.
article
before nouns The president visited us last
go by car/train/bus/taxi when there’s year.
go on foot only one Can you close the door, please?
in some
go home, go to work/school
phrases usually In the morning/afternoon/
be at home/work/school
use the evening
have breakfast/dinner/lunch in some
at the weekend
phrases
in the town/city centre
on the right/left

With countries, use the with groups: the United States, the
United Arab Emirates.
With times, use in the morning/afternoon/evening but use at
night (no article).

9.2 canlcan’t, have to/don’t have to

Use can when something is OK/permitted.
I/You/H e/ can use the bikes for free.
Use can’t when something is not O K /n o t permitted.
She/W e/They can’t park in the city centre.
Use have to when something is necessary/obligatory.
I/You/W e/
have to Use don’t have to when something is not
They pay ten euros. necessary/obligatory.
He/She/It has to Compare:
I/You/W e/ You can’t come to the party. (You didn’t get an
don’t have to
They anything - it’s invitation.)
pay
free.
He/She/It doesn’t have to You don’t have to come to the party. (You got an
invitation, but it’s O K to stay at home.)

9.3 apologising

When speaking:
Apologising Responding
• to emphasise how sorry you are, use an
Sorry I’m late.
That’s O K . No problem. adverb + so + sorry. I’m terribly/so sorry.
I’m really/very sorry.
+ Don’t w orry about it. • to show how it makes you feel, use feel +
I’m terribly/so sorry. adjective: I feel terrible about the mess!
No, really. It’s fine.
1feel bad/terrible about this. • reply with No, really. It’s fine when
(+ reason) someone apologises again: A : I’m so sorry.
I’m afraid B: Don’t worry about it. A : But I feel
1missed the bus. 1don’t believe you.
- terrible ... B: No, really. It’s fine.
Sorry, but 1didn’t hear my alarm clock. Don’t let it happen again.
• Use Don’t let it happen again only when
1lost my keys. you’re really angry.

144

P R A C T IC E
9.1 A Complete the text with a/an, the or no
article ( - ) .
Lucio is from 1 Italy and he’s 2
_____________ doctor. He was born and grew
up in 3____________ Venice but now he lives
just outside 4____________ small town in
the south. Every day, early in 5_____________
morning, he leaves 6 home and
drives to his clinic in 7_____________ town
centre. He usually has 8_____________ lunch
with 9_____________colleagues and sometimes
teaches in 10_____________ afternoon. At
11_____________ weekend, he often visits
his brother’s family. They live in the
countryside, about two hours away by
9.2 A Look at signs A - F . W hat do
they mean? Underline the correct
alternative.
1 Motorbikes don’t have to/can’t go
here. They have to/don’t have to go on
another road.
2 You can/have to park here for free.
You can’t/don’t have to pay for fifteen
minutes parking.
3 Bikes have to/can keep left. People on
foot don’t have to/can’t walk on the
left.
4 You can/can’t catch the bus here. You
have to/don’t have to wait more than
ten minutes.
5 You can’t/don’t have to ride your bike.
You can/have to get off and walk.
6 You can /can’t take a taxi here. You
can/can’t park here.
9.3 A Read the conversation and correct the six mistakes.
Teacher: Can 1have your homework?
Student: Oh, 1really sorry. I’m afraid of left it at home.
Teacher: Don’t worry it. Did you do it?
Student: Yes, of course.
LB 9
“ ” ” ■
B Complete the sentences with a/an, the or no article ( - ) .
1 I think - cars are safer than motorbikes.
2 I’d like scooter for my birthday.
3 It’s the best airline in world.
4 I rod e_____bike to school when I was younger.
5 I hate boats. I’m always sick!
6 I live in a small village and walk t o train station every day.
C Read the conversation. Find and correct six mistakes with the.
(Two are correct.)
Pedro: Mrs Thorpe. W here can I buy the dictionary?
Mrs T: There’s the bookshop in South Street. I think they sell the
dictionaries. W hat kind do you want?
Pedro: I need the English-Spanish dictionary for my English class. The
teacher said we have to get one. The only problem is that the
books are very expensive here.
Mrs T: Maybe you can borrow one. Does your school have the library?
Pedro: Yes, it does. Good idea. I can ask there.
B Complete the conversations. Use the correct form of
can/can’t, have to/don’t have to and the verb in bold.
Conversation 1
A: You 1have to wear (wear) a jacket and tie to this dinner.
It’s a very formal party.
B: But it’s so hot!
A: Well, you 2_____________ (wear) your light jacket.
Conversation 2
A: You 3_____________ (come) to the meeting. It’s not very
important.
B: That’s good because I 4_____________ (come) - I’m too
busy.
Conversation 3
A: 15_____________(get) a birthday present for Sandra. I
completely forgot yesterday.
B: It’s O K . You 6_____________ (get) anything. I bought her a
present from both of us.
A: Thanks! W hat did you buy?
Teacher: Which part did you think was difficult?
Student: Sorry, both 1don’t remember.
Teacher: Did you really do it?
Student: Er ... 1afraid 1forgot to do it.
Teacher: Don’t left it happen again!
10 LANGUAGEBANK
GRAMMAR

be going to Use be going to + verb to talk about plans and

intentions: I ’m going to do my homework tonight
1 ’m In the negative, also use is/are not going to: We aren’t
+ He/She/It ’s going to go to the concert
be there soon. With be going to + go, you don’t need to repeat go:
You/W e/They ’re
going to eat tonight. She’s going (to go) to the post office.
1 ’m not
practise tomorrow. It is possible to use be going to with future time phrases,
- He/She/It isn’t e.g. tomorrow, soon, this weekend, next week, next month,
next year, in two years. In two weeks (time) I ’m going to
You/W e/They aren’t
be on holiday!

1 am.
Am 1
+ Yes, he/she/it is.

we/you/they are.
? Is he/she going to speak to Eva today?
1 'm not.

- No, he/she/it isn’t.

Are you/we/they
we/you/they aren’t.

would like to
+
I I would.
+ would you Yes, you
I/You/
He/She/It/ ’d like to he he
go- like drink
W e/They Would she she
wouldn’t to some tea?
it it
wouldn’t.
we No, we
Use I’d like to + infinitive to talk about what you they they
want to do: It’s hot. I’d like to go for a swim.
You can also use want to + infinitive for the same idea: / want to go to the gym.
Note: I’d like to is more polite than I want.

will/might (not)/won’t
Use might + infinitive to predict the future if you are not
’II (will)
certain: 1 might see Yuki tonight (= it’s possible, but I’m
I/You/H e/ go shopping.
might not sure).
She/It/ visit some
W e/They might not It is also possible to use will, might, might not, and won't with
friends.
w on’t (will not) there: 1 think there will be a lot o f people at the party.

l/you/he/she/ + Yes, l/you/he/she/ will.

7 Will win?
it/we/they - No, it/we/they w on’t.

Use will + infinitive and won’t + infinitive to predict the future when you are certain about it.

making suggestions responding to suggestions

How about Great/Brilliant!

going to the zoo?
W hat about (That’s a) good idea.
Sounds interesting.
W hy don’t l/you/we go internet shopping?
OK.
Let’s cook something.
I don’t really feel like going.
Use How/ What about + verb + -ingin questions: What about having lunch now?
That/It doesn’t sound very good.
Use Why don’t + subject + verb in questions: Why don’t we watch a film?
That might be a problem.
Use Let’s + verb in positive sentences: Let’s go to the beach.

146
 LB 10
P R A C T IC E

10.1 A Complete the sentences with the correct form of be going to. C Complete the sentences with the words in
Use the verbs in brackets. the box.
1 I the cinema tonight, (go)
2 W e _____________ a flat next weekend, (look at) like (x2) don’t ’d (x2) would (x2) want

3 _____________ ready in time? (you / be) A: Would you 1_____________to go to the party?
4 W e ______________ (not wait)
B: Yes, I 2____________ , but I’ve got too much work.
5 They a new car. (buy)
A: Would you 3_____________to dance?
6 W h e n __________ to Rome? (Steve / go)
B: No, thanks. 14_____________like to sit down for a
minute!
B Underline the correct alternative.
1 I ’d like to go/’m going to the theatre, but there are no more tickets. A: W h a t5_____________ you like to do on your
birthday tomorrow?
2 I ’d like to go/’m going to a concert tonight. I’ve got the tickets
here. B: I don’t know, I 6_____________want to think about
it. I feel quite old!
3 W e ’d like to/’re going to buy a bigger flat, but we don’t have
enough money. A: Do you 7_____________ to have dinner with me
tonight?
4 I ’d like to/’m going to take a trip to Zurich tomorrow. My train
leaves at 7a.m. B: I 8 love to!

10.2 A Complete the conversation with ’//, will, won’t or m ight B Circle the two correct alternatives.
A: Oh, no. The dog ran away again! 1 H e @ D / (^ o n 5 y might eat it - I’m sure!
B: Don’t worry - he 1 come back. 2 It might / ’II / won’t rain, so bring an umbrella.
A: Are you sure he 2 ? 3 There might not / won’t / might be enough time to
B: O K, he 3 not com e hark today - that’s possible. But finish the whole film, so let’s not start.
I’m sure he 4 rom e hark tom orrow. 4 1might not / 'II / won’t go by train. It’s quicker by car.
A: 1don’t believe you! He 5 rom e hark. W e 6 5 She might / won’t / ’II phone tomorrow so please
never see him again - I’m sure. take a message.
B: Oh, look ... Here he is now! 6 W e might / ’II / won’t be late, so don’t wait for us.

10.3 A Put the words from the box in the correct places in
the conversation.

about problem idea don’t like how have

about
Sam: I’m tired. How/having a break now?
Jim: I don’t feel stopping.
Sam: Oh, come on! Let’s a coffee.
Jim: W hy you make some coffee? I’ll go on working.
Sam: That’s a good, about a sandwich?
Jim: No thanks - 1want to finish this.
Sam: Mmm. That might be a. You work, I’ll have lunch.
Jim: It’s not a problem for me!

147
11 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

should/shouldn’t

go to bed.
+ should
I/you/ drink lots of water.
he/she/it/
we/they take antibiotics.
- shouldn t
work.

I/you/ Yes, I/you/ should.

to the
? Should he/she/it/ go he/she/it/
doctor? No, shouldn’t.
we/they we/they

Use should + infinitive to give advice: You should take an aspirin

and to recommend: You should see that film.
Note: You should try this soup. N O T You should to try this soup.

I 1.2 adverbs
Use adverbs of manner to say how you
adjective adverb
do something: I can swim well. She spoke
bad badly quietly.
Most adjectives, add -ly loud loudly Use adverbs of time to say when you did
careful carefully something: I went to bed early. She had
lunch late.
easy easily
Adjectives ending in -y, =y- + -ily Use adverbs with verbs: He drives badly.
angry angrily
Use adjectives with nouns: H e’s a bad
Adjectives ending in -le, change to -ly terrible terribly driver.
good well BUT with be and feel, use adjectives: The
fast fast N O T fastly film was terrible. I feel terrible.

Irregular adverbs hard (= difficult) hard N O T haneHy Adverbs often go after the verb: I arrived
early. She drove quickly to the shops.
early early
or after the verb phrase: / started work
late late
early. She drove her car quickly.
or at the end: I arrived at work early. She
drove to the shops quickly.

I 1.3 offering to help

Problems Offers Thanking Responses

I’ll do it.
Thanks a lot. You’re welcome.
1can’t lift this case Let me try.
That s kind of you. No problem.
It’s hot in here do it?
Shall 1 Thanks. I’m very grateful. That’s O K.
try?

Use I’ll (N O T TwUt), Let me and Shall I + infinitive to offer help.

148
 LB II
P R A C T IC E

11.1 A Complete questions 1 -6 . Then match them with replies a )- g ). B Complete the sentences with should or
1 I don’t have much time. Should I send Kirsten an email? d) shouldn’t and a verb from the box.
2 Ben doesn’t like the colour of his mobile._____________get a new one?
get go have stay try wear change
3 Look at my hair - it’s a m ess! get a haircut?
4 Some students never say anything in class._____________speak more? 1 My camera’s very old. I should get a new
5 My daughter wants to travel in South Am erica._____________ learn one.
Spanish? 2 Y o u _____________this drink. It’s delicious!
6 There are so many words we don’t know._____________ buy an electronic 3 Do you think I _____________ my money here
dictionary? or at the airport?
a) Yes, you should. It’s too long. 4 Y o u _____________black. I think it doesn’t look
b) Yes, they should. It’s important to practise. good on you - sorry!
c) No, he shouldn’t. The old one is fine. 5 T h e y _____________by taxi. It’s too expensive.
d) No, you shouldn’t. Phone her - it’s quicker. 6 She looks tired. She_____________a holiday.
e) Yes, she should if she has enough time. 7 We out in the sun too long.
f) Yes, you should get an English—English one. W e ’ll get sunburn.

11.2 A Complete the sentences. Use the adjective B Complete the story. Use the adverb forms of the adjectives in
or adverb form of the word in brackets. the box.
1 The teacher was v ery . She spoke
to the students . (angry) early late easy quick angry slow
2 She dances_____________. She’s such a
_____________ dancer, (beautiful)
The other morning, I woke up 1 early because the
3 I passed the exam _____________. It was
neighbours were shouting 2 I didn’t want to stay at
------------- . (easy) home, so I made some breakfast3_____________ and ran out of the
4 Shhh - b e _____________. The baby’s sleeping. door to work. I forgot to take an umbrella and it started raining so
W e have to talk_____________. (quiet) I got very wet. I got to the station at 7.50 and caught the eight
5 She’s a teacher. She teaches o ’clock train 4______________I was surprised when I looked round
_____________• (good) because the train was empty. Because of the rain, the train went
very 5_____________ so I arrived at the office_6______________ There was
6 I sing_____________. I’m a ______________singer.
no one there. Then I realised that it was Sunday, and I didn’t have
(terrible)
to work!

11.3 A Complete the five conversations below. Use the Conversation 3

verbs in brackets to help. A: My hands are full. I can’t carry all these things.
Conversation 1 B : _____________I something for you? (carry)
A: I can’t find the information anywhere. Conversation 4
B: I’____________________________on the computer, (check) A: The radio is too loud.
Conversation 2 B : _____________I _____________ it down? (turn)
A: I don’t understand this homework. Conversation 5
B : _____________m e ______________ a look, (have) A: The top on this bottle is too tight.
B : _____________me try t o ______________ it. (open)

149
12 LANGUAGE BANK
GRAMMAR

12.1 present perfect

Use the present perfect to talk about past experiences in your life. For regular verbs, the past participles are the same
Usually you don’t know or say when exactly these things happened. as the past simple.
Many common verbs have an irregular past
I/You/W e/They ’ve participle form. Look at the list on page 127.
climbed a volcano.
+
He/She/It ’s travelled around the world.
I/You/
worked in different countries. ’ve been to the Bahamas.
I/You/W e/They haven’t W e/They
He/She/It hasn’t studied lots of languages. seen Mount Fuji.
He/She/It ’s

liAil liAil
Ever = ‘in your life’. In the negative you can use never. I’ve never played golf.
Go has two past participles: been and gone:

1/
I/you/ Yes, w e/ have.
Have
we/they you/
No, haven’t.
(ever) in they
worked Australia?
he/she/ he/
Yes, has.
Has
it
No,
she/
it
hasn’t. * 41
She’s gone to India. = She’s been to India.
Make the present perfect with have/has + past participle. She went there and She went there in
she’s there now. the past and she
came back.

12.2 present perfect o r past simple

Use the present perfect to talk about past experiences in I ’ve travelled in South America.
your life. You don’t say exactly when: I ’ve travelled in South in South America
America.
Use the past simple if you say when something happened: I The past NOW
travelled in Poland in M ay 2008.
W hen speaking, it is possible to start a conversation by asking
a question in the present perfect and then asking about more
details in the past simple: I travelled in Poland in M ay 2008.
A : Have you ever been to the USA? went to Poland
B: Yes, I have. I went there two years ago.
A : Did you like it?
The past
♦
May 2008 NOW
I
B: Yes, it was great!

12.3 telephoning

Calling a friend Hi, Philippe. It’s Debbie. Is Lise there?

Calling a business Hello. This is Carla Rimini. Could 1speak to Alan Jones, please?

Could you ring back?

Calling back Just ask him/her to call me.
I’ll call you back.

Could 1leave a message for him/her?

Leaving/taking a
Could you give me the number?
message
Let me check that.

Use It’s + name (informal) or This is + name (formal) N O T ham: Hello, this is AH Hassan.

150

P R A C T IC E
A W rite sentences in the present perfect.
1 you / ever / eat / Japanese food?
2 1/ eat / Japanese food two or three times
3 we / never / sleep / in a hotel before
4 they / drive / across Europe many times
5 he / ever / go / to England?
6 she / have / three husbands
7 1/ spend / too much money
8 She / learn / Arabic, Spanish and Chinese
9 you / ever / climb / a mountain?
10 My parents / never / use / an iPod
12.2 A Read the email and underline the correct alternatives.
12.3 A Complete Judy’s sentences. Then write the correct response from Dan.
Judy
LB 12
B Correct ten mistakes in the conversation.
A: You have ever been to Australia?
B: No, I have. And you?
A: Yes, I’ve.
B: And have you gone to China, too?
A: No, but I been to Korea.
B: You’ve travel in many countries in your life ...
A: Yes, I has. I’ve meeted a lot of people and I’ve try a lot of interesting
food.
B: But you haven’t learn to speak English perfectly!
A: Not y e t ...
B Complete the sentences using the prompts in
brackets.
I Have you seen Gangs of New York? (you / see)
Yes, I saw it a few years ago.
2 _____________Sarah? (you / meet)
Yes, w e _____________ last year.
3 _____________to Spain? (Lea / go)
Yes, sh e _____________ there last summer.
4 _____________an accident on his motorbike? (Paolo /
ever have)
Yes, h e _____________ a small accident a month ago.
5 _____________Ana Karenina? (you / read)
Yes, I it at university.
6 school? (your children / finish)
Yes, they_____________ a long time ago.
Dan
a) 3355739. O K , got it. I’ll tell her.
b) Oh, hi Judy,
c) No, she’s gone out somewhere,
d) Has she got your number?
e) Let me just lo o k ... O K, I’ve got one.
f) A message ... ? Oh, I can’t find a pen.
Could you ring me back?
 PHOTO BANK
C O U N T R IES AND N ATIO N ALITIES

1A Match the countries with the letters on the map.

B Complete the nationalities.

Country Nationality Country Nationality

1 EgyptJ ian 10 Scotland ________tish

2 Argentina ian 11 Poland ______ish
12 Ireland
3 India ________an ___ ish
4 Australia an 13 Portugal uese
5 Russia an 14 Vietnam ese
6 Canada ian 15 Japan
ese
7 Korea ________an
16 Germany ______man
8 Mexico an 17 Greece ________k
9 Malaysia ian 18 Thailand
______i

EVEKTPAY O BJECTS
1A Match the everyday objects
with the photos.

B Complete the gaps with a,

an or - .
1 o dictionary A
2 - stamps
3 identity card
YOUR STATE
DRIYT.R I.IIIA M 4 sweets
5 file
6 tissues [pocket pack]
7 umbrella
8 glasses
9 wallet
10 comb
11 driving licence
12 coins
13 chewing gum
14 batteries
15 credit card
JOBS

1A Match the jobs with the pictures.

i t

<«

B Complete the gaps with a or an.

1 lawyer 10 doctor
2 teacher 11 receptionist
3 accountant 12 nurse
4 police officer 13 personal assistant (PA)
5 engineer 14 waiter/waitress
6 politician 15 sportsman/sportswoman
7 hairdresser 16 actor/actress
8 shop assistant 17 businessman/businesswoman
9 chef
 PHOTO BANK
FAMILY

A Frankjackson B Maggie Jackson

C Ann Barnes D John Barnes E Elizabeth Jackson

1 1----------

G Katy Barnes H Jake Barnes [ I Mark Jackson J Amyjackson

1A Look at the family tree and write the people in the correct space below.
1 _________________ are Jake’s grandfather and grandmother.
2 _________________ are Jake’s father and mother (parents).
3 _________________ is Elizabeth’s husband.
4 _________________ is John’s wife.
5 _________________ are Elizabeth and Roberts’ son and daughter.
6 _________________ is Jake’s sister.
7 _________________ is Am y’s brother.
8 _________________ are Katy’s aunt and uncle.
9 _________________ are Mark’s cousins.
10 _________________ are Ann’s nephew and niece.

B Choose one person from the family tree. Then use the words in the box
to write how he/she is related to the other people.

father mother wife husband parents grandfather

grandmother son daughter brother sister uncle
aunt cousin niece nephew

Robert is Maggie’s son. He’s Elizabeth’s

 ROOMS AND FURN ITU RE

1A Match the names of the rooms and places with the

1 garage
2 balcony
3 hall
4 kitchen
5 dining room
6 living room
7 stairs
8 home office
9 bedroom
10 bathroom
11 upstairs
12 downstairs

B Now label the items of the furniture using the words in

the box below.

armchair bath bed carpet cupboard

desk lamp plant rug shower sink
sofa table wardrobe washbasin

2 Look at the pictures for thirty seconds. Then close your

book and make a list of the furniture in each room.
 PHOTO BANK
I SHOPS

1 Match the names of the shops with the photos.

1 baker’s 8 hairdresser’s
2 bookshop 9 internet cafe
3 butcher’s 10 pharmacy/chemist’s
4 clothes shop 11 newsagent’s
5 dry-cleaner’s 12 shoe shop
6 electronics shop 13 sports shop
7 greengrocer’s 14 supermarket

156
1A W rite countable (C)
or uncountable (U) next
to each word.
1 tomatoes
2 potatoes
3 onions
4 beans
5 peas
6 a cabbage
7 a lettuce
8 com on the cob
9 a pepper
10 an orange
11 a pear
12 cake
13 crisps
14 biscuits
15 rolls
16 sugar
17 rice
18 pasta
19 cereal
20 herbs
21 spices
22 oil
23 yoghurt
24 beef
25 lamb
26 prawns

B Match the names of

the food with the photos.
 PHOTO BANK
A PPEA R A N CE AND C LO T H ES

1A Label the photos using the words in the

tall short slim* overweight**

bald straight hair curly hair
long hair short hair

* also use thin, but slim is more positive

** fat is also possible, but is very negative

B Match the names of the clothes with the

photos.
1 socks
2 jeans
3 suit
4 jacket
5 trousers
6 shirt
7 tie
8 top
9 skirt
10 sweater
11 shorts
12 dress
13 T-shirt
14 coat

2 W rite which words are adjectives (adj),

uncountable nouns (U), countable singular nouns
(C sing), countable plural nouns (C pi).

BODY PARTS
I Match the names of the body parts with the photos.
1 arm
2 back
3 ear
4 eye
5 face
6 finger
7 foot
8 hand
9 head
10 knee
II leg
12 elbow
13 neck
14 nose
15 shoulder
16 mouth
17 thumb
18 toe

2 W hat do you have one, two, eight and ten of? Make a
list.
I = head, face, nose ...
 TRAN SPORT

1 Match the types of the

transport with the photos.
1 a bike
2 a boat
3 a bus
4 a car
5 a ferry
6 a helicopter
7 a lorry/a truck
8 a motorbike
9 a plane
10 a scooter
11 a ship
12 a taxi
13 a train
14 a tram
15 an underground/
a subway train
16 a van

2 Put the words into the

following transport groups:

a bike
 COMMUNICATION BANK

8A Student B: write four important dates 9A Student A : Read the texts. Write questions to ask your partner for
for you from last month and practise saying the missing information.
them. 1 W here ... does she work? 5 W hat time ...

B W ork in pairs and take turns to ask 2 W h e n ... 6 W h a t...

and answer about your dates. Remember
to sound interested and to give extra
information.
A: August the twelfth.
B: Why was that date important?
A Because it was my birthday.
B: Really? What did you do? Did you have a good
time?
7 Student A : ask Student B the prices to
complete your table. Then answer Student
B’s questions.
A: How much is a sandwich and a tea?
B: Three twenty-five. How much is a sandwich
and a coffee?
3 W hat time ... 7 When ...
4 W h a t...
Jeanette is a doctor - a flying doctor. She works in
1_________________for the Royal Flying Doctors of Australia
and travels all over the country. She gets up at 5a.m., has a
cup of coffee and goes to the airport a t 2_________________.
She flies to a health centre and starts work. She usually
visits two to three places every day and sees fifteen to
twenty people.
She has lunch at
3_________________, but
she has dinner late, at 8.30p.m.,
in one of the places she visits and
sometimes she sleeps there! Then
she comes back the next morning
and 4_________________ at 9a.m.

Student A

coffee tea juice Henri is an acrobat and a father of three boys. He works
in Switzerland at the National Circus. He gets up early and
sandwich 3.50 3.75 has breakfast a t 5_________________ with his boys. His wife
burger 4 .15 drives the boys to school and Henri goes to the circus
at 7a.m. In the morning he 6_________________ and practises
chips 2.20 1.95
his high flying
muffin 1.75 routine. On circus days, in the
afternoon he sleeps and then
has a sandwich at 5.30p.m.
He doesn’t eat dinner before
a show. The evening show
7 A Student B starts at 7.30p.m. Henri
finishes work at about
7_________________ and gets
Madrid home at I I p.m.

® 58 euros for 72 hours

® no public transport but B A sk Student B about the missing information. Complete your text.

free bus tour

® over 50 museums,
and Madrid Fun Fair,
EB
6D Student A : write the buildings on the map on page 41.
Zoo, Aquarium The museum is on the left of the pharmacy.
The theatre is next to the museum.

E A sk Student B about the places below. W rite them on your map. Then
answer Student B’s questions.
• the school
• the park
 CB

2.3 12.3
7A Student A : you work at the Tourist Information 7B Student A: ask Student B for the telephone numbers.
centre. Look at the information below. Answer Student B’s Answer Student B’s questions.
questions. A: What’s Sam’s phone number?
B: It’s ... What’s Ahmed’s phone number?
Start time Finish time Leaves Price
A: It’s ...
from

Harbour 9.30a.m . 12.00p.m . Pier 9, HK$250 Sam

tour Central
Ahmed 5823031
Island 9.00a.m 2.00p.m . Outside HK$320 Nina
tour the post
Chen 3662149
office
Simon

B Change roles. Student A: now you are a tourist in Hong Fatima 0870 1642513
Kong. A sk Student B questions. Complete the notes below. Yuko

Penny 00 2 8 1 5955427
Start time ftntsk time leaves from Price

Kligltt tour 5.2

ftsclc concert 5B Student A:

(The underlined answers are correct.)

1 a) about 300 times b) about 100 times
Excuse me. Can you give me some information about the ... ?
What time does i t ... ? 2 a)750 litres b) 7.500 litres
3 a)200 bottles b) 2,000 bottles
4 a) about 2,000 b) about 7.000
5.3
7C Student A
R E 1

6C Student B: listen to Student A. Use the information

T o d a y s sp e cia ls
below to correct any mistakes.
1 Kris lives in North Avenue.
Spring special - Salad with cold
2 His house is ten minutes from here.
chicken and fresh bread
3 It’s on the right.

Fisherman's platter - Fish, rice
and salad
Poman holiday - Spaghetti with
meatballs and a cucumber salad
D Now check this information. Read it to Student B.
1 The bank’s in W est Street.
2 It’s on the left.
3 Take the number 5 bus.

1.1

5B Check your answers to the quiz.

1
9.1
1C 2A 3D 4 B
6B Student B: look at the information about the Lightning
2
Bug. Use a dictionary to check the meaning of any new
IB 2C 3D 4A
words. Tell your partner about it. W hy is it better than the
Horseless Sulky? 3
• an American invented it in the 1930s IA 2C 3B 4 D
• it’s completely safe - impossible to crash, it can’t turn over
• there isn’t any glass, only plastic windows
• it can stop faster than a car
• it can go up to 65 kilometres per hour
 COMMUNICATION BANK

7
1.3
Student B: answer Student A ’s questions.
KB
6D Student B: write the buildings on the map on page 41.
Then ask Student A the prices to complete 1 The school is opposite the pharmacy.
your table. 2 The park is behind the sports centre.
A: How much is a sandwich and a tea?
B: Three twenty-five. How much is a sandwich E Answer Student A ’s questions. Then ask Student A about place below.
and a coffee? W rite them on your map.
• the museum

tea juice coffee • the theatre

muffin 2.25 2.00

burger 3.65 3.90

chips 2.45 2C Student B

sandwich 3.25
SURVIVE IN THE DESERT!
E il In the desert, the temperature can change a lot. It can be very hot in the day, up
to 55°C and then go down to 10°C at night. In the day, try to stay out of the sun
7A Student A : you are a shop assistant in
and always put something between your body and the hot ground. Don't sleep
a sports shop. Look at the things in the list on the ground - your body will get too warm from the hot sand. Wear a hat and
below. W rite a different price for each. Then a shirt to cover your head and arms. Remember to use sun cream and you won't
role-play the situation. Answer Student B’s get sunburnt.
questions. Begin the conversation: Good You need to stay cool so drink water every hour. If you have food but no water,
don't eat or your body will use too much water to digest your food. Try not to
morning. Can I help you?
move or travel in the day when it's really hot - you might sweat too much.
• a football €19.99 There are many different types of small animals in the desert, so always
• trainers wear shoes and gloves and look when you walk or before you put your hands
down anywhere. When you get up after sleeping, always check your shoes and
• a swimming costume
clothes. You don’t want to step on a snake!
• a football shirt

B Now you are a customer in an electronics

shop. Role-play the situation. A sk Student
B questions and try to buy the things below.
When you buy something, write the price. 7A Student A
• camera battery
• blank CD s
• electronic dictionary ‘I love
• headphones Am sterdam 9
53 euros for 72 hours
5.3
all public transport
7B Student B
free entiy to over
25 museums
T o d a y s sp e cia ls 2 free boat tours
1 free cup of coffee
Chefs Sunday special - Poast beef
with potatoes and corn on the cob

harden delight - Pice with three

5B Student B:
different vegetables (e.g. peas, green
(The underlined answers are correct.)
beans, carrots, peppers)
5 a) about 50 times b) about 15 times
6 a) 1,700 b)940
Summer mix - Salad and three Kinds
7 a) over 730 tubes b) over 270 tubes
of meat: chicKen, lamb and beef
8 a) about 2.000 b) about 7,000
 CB

8.1
5 Student A: A sk and answer questions to compare your picture with
Student B’s. Don’t look at Student B’s picture. Find eight differences in
the pictures.
What’s Mike doing? What's he wearing?

4.1
7B Look at the picture below for fifteen seconds. Then turn back to page 3 9 and correct the sentences.
 COMMUNICATION BANK

6B Student B 9A Student B: read the texts. Write questions to ask your partner for the
Problem I missing information.
I’m really tired. 1 When ... does she get up? 5 W hat time ...

Problem 2 2 W here ... 6 W h a t...

I can’t see the whiteboard. It’s too dark in here. 3 W h a ttim e ... 7 When...

Problem 3 4 W here ...

I’m really thirsty, but I haven’t got any money

Jeanette is a doctor —a flying doctor. She works in
for a coffee.
Queensland for the Royal Flying Doctors of Australia and
travels all over the country. She gets up a t 1________________
has a cup of coffee and goes to the airport at 7a.m. She
flies to 2________________ and starts work. She usually visits
two to three places every day and sees fifteen to twenty
people. She has
lunch at 12, but she
has dinner late, at
in one of the
places she visits and sometimes
she sleeps there! Then she comes
back the next morning and gets
home at 9a.m.

Henri is an acrobat and a father of three boys. He works in

2b Student B: ask and answer questions.
Complete the times on the clocks.
A: What’s the time in number I?
B: It’s ... What’s the time in number 2?
A: It’s ...
4_________________ at the National Circus. He gets up early
and has breakfast at 6a.m. with his boys. His wife drives
the boys to school and Henri goes to the circus at
5_________________. In the morning he does exercises and
practises his
high flying routine. On circus
days, in the afternoon he
6_________________ and then has
a sandwich at 5.30p.m. He
doesn’t eat dinner before a
show. The evening show starts
at 7.30p.m. Henri finishes
work at about 10p.m. and gets
home a t 7_________________p.m.

B Ask Student B about the missing information. Complete your text.

6B Student A: look at the information about the Horseless Sulky. Use a

dictionary to check the meaning of any new words. Tell your partner about
it. W hy is it better than the Lightning Bug?
• an Italian invented it in the 1930s
• it’s easy to get into and out of
• it’s easy to see things on the left and right
• it’s easy to turn
• it can go up to 190 kilometres per hour

9.2
7A Student C
790 crowns (32 euros) for
4 days
free entry to over 50 museums
and sights
unlimited travel on Prague
transport system (for an extra
330 crowns or 13 euros)
WIc l
6 C Student A: check this
information. Read it to Student B.
1 Kris lives in North Road.
2 His house is five minutes from here.
3 It’s on the left.
D Now listen to Student B. Use the
information below to correct any
mistakes.
1 The bank’s in East Street.
2 It’s on the right.
3 Take the number 9 bus.
6 .1
8A Student A: write four important
dates for you from last year and practise
saying them.
B W ork in pairs and take turns to
ask and answer about your dates.
Remember to sound interested and to
give extra information.
A: August the twelfth.
B: Why was that date important?
A: Because I was in France in Pan's.
B: Really? Why did you go7 Did you like it?
CB
3.2
2B Student A : read the text. Circle the numbers in the box which are in the
text. W hat do they refer to?
C D 17 II 8 I 7 9 6 15
BIG is beautiful
/2 children in the Lewis family
or Tracy and Pete Lewis to school. At 9.30 she’s back
F ‘Big is beautiful’ when
you talk about families.
They’ve got 12 children -
11 girls and a boy. Ages range
from daughter Shaznay (2) to
home and she starts making
dinner.
Tracy and Pete’s son, Charles
(15), is the only boy in the
house. ‘I’m lucky because I’ve
got my own bedroom. My sisters
Carly (19).
Life in the Lewis house starts all share bedrooms.’
How do Charles’s parents feel
at 6.30 in the morning. Tracy
about their big family? Pete
serves the kids breakfast in
2 sittings - 6 children have says, ‘It’s never boring in our
breakfast from 6.30 until 7, then house. It’s great doing everything
the other 6 have breakfast from 7 together and I really enjoy being
to 7.30. For breakfast every day in such a large, happy family.’
they usually eat 2 boxes of cereal And the biggest problem?
and drink 7 litres of milk. Then ‘Waiting for the bathroom!’ The
Tracy makes packed lunches for house has got only 1 bathroom!
the children and drives them all
2C Student A
SURVIVE AT SEA!
Surviving at sea is difficult. The biggest problems are the weather, food
and drink. In cold weather, try to stay dry and never sit on the bottom of
the raft - there’s usually water there and you’ll get wet. In hot weather,
wear a hat and a shirt to cover your head and arms. Remember to use
sun cream and you won’t get sunburnt.
Drinking water is the most important thing. With water only and no
food, you can live for ten days or longer. Your body loses a lot of water
when you sweat, so relax and try to sleep a lot, too. If you don’t have
water, don’t eat because your body will use too much water to digest your
food. Never drink seawater. It is too salty and you’ll get thirsty
In the open sea, fish is your most important food and it’s also easy to
catch. Most fish are safe to eat and you can drink water from fish eyes as
well. But never put rubbish into the water - sharks might come! Try not
to move around too much because you don’t want to fall off the raft with
sharks near.
 COMMUNICATION BANK

8 .1 11.3
7 Student B: ask and answer questions to compare your picture with 6 B Student A
Student A’s. Don’t look at Student A’s picture. Find eight differences in Problem I
the pictures. It’s cold in here.
What’s Mike doing? What’s he wearing? Problem 2
T h is c o m p u te r d o e sn ’t w o rk .

Problem 3
It’s to o noisy. T h e m u sic’s to o loud and I
c a n ’t co n ce n trate .

12.3
7B Student B: answer Student A’s
questions. Ask Student A for the
telephone numbers.
2.3
A: What’s Sam’s phone number?
2B Student A: ask and answer questions. Complete the times on 8 : It’s ... What’s Ahmed’s phone number?
the clocks.
A: It’s ...
A: What’s the time in number I?
8 : It’s ... What’s the time in number 2?
Sam 9240473
A: It’s ...
Ahmed
Nina 7886301
Chen
Simon 0463 3739912
Fatima
Yuko 00 44 2816933
1 3 5 7
Penny

166
 speakout Elementary
Speakout has been developed in association with B B C Worldwide
and B B C Learning English.
Speakout is a comprehensive six-level general English course for adults that builds
confidence in speaking, listening, reading and writing using authentic materials from the
BBC. With its wide range of support material, it meets the diverse needs of learners
in a variety of teaching situations and helps to bridge the gap between the classroom
and the real world.

T h e real world in your classroom

Authentic DVD material from the BBC provides the springboard for meaningful speaking
and writing tasks. Downloadable Video podcasts of real-life interviews provide models
of authentic English. In addition, regular work on listening and speaking strategies equips
students for communication in the real world.

ActiveBook
Students’ Book in digital format
'i* Integrated audio and video
'"*• Video podcasts for your mobile phone

Com ponents:
• Students’ Book with ActiveBook and DVD
• Students’ Book with ActiveBook, DVD
and MySpeakoutLab
• Students’ Book Audio CDs
• Workbook with Audio CD (with and without key)
• Teacher’s Resource Book
• ActiveTeach

( CEFR 1
A 1 Starter

A2
Pre-intermediate
B 1

Intermediate
BI +

B2 Upper Intermediate

Cl Advanced ^

9781408219300

PEARSON
□ B B
Longm an 9 7 8 1 4 0 8 21 9 3 0 0 >
www.pearsonlongman.com/speakout